Annual Statements Open main menu

Bank of Marin Bancorp - Annual Report: 2013 (Form 10-K)


 UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.  20549
 
FORM 10-K


(Mark One)
 
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
 
OR
 
 o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the transition period from __________________ to __________________
 
Commission File Number  001-33572

Bank of Marin Bancorp
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
California  
 
20-8859754
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)  
 
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
 
 
 
504 Redwood Boulevard, Suite 100, Novato, CA 
 
94947
(Address of principal executive office)
 
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (415) 763-4520

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

   Common Stock, No Par Value,
 
 
and attached Share Purchase Rights
 
NASDAQ Capital Market
(Title of each class)
 
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes   o         No  x
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes   o         No  x

Note - checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations under these sections.




Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes x                   No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes x                   No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b(2) of the Exchange Act.
 Large accelerated filer   o
 Accelerated filer   x
 Non-accelerated filer   o
 Smaller reporting company   o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b(2) of the Exchange Act.
Yes   o         No  x
 
As of June 30, 2013, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates, based upon the closing price per share of the registrant's common stock as reported by the NASDAQ, was approximately $210 million. For the purpose of this response, directors and officers of the Registrant are considered the affiliates at that date.

As of February 28, 2014, there were 5,900,891 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 13, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III.





TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART I
 
 
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
 
 
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
 
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
Executive Summary
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Net Interest Income
 
Provision for Loan Losses
 
Non-Interest Income
 
Non-Interest Expense
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
Investment Securities
 
Loans
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Other Assets
 
Deposits
 
Borrowings
 
Deferred Compensation Obligations
 
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements and Commitments
 
Capital Adequacy
 
Liquidity
 
 
 
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
 
 
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
 
 
 
 
 

Page-2


 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Note 2: Acquisition
 
Note 3: Investment Securities
 
Note 4: Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Note 5: Bank Premises and Equipment
 
Note 6: Bank Owned Life Insurance
 
Note 7: Deposits
 
Note 8: Borrowings
 
Note 9: Stockholders' Equity and Stock Plans
 
Note 10: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities
 
Note 11: Benefit Plans
 
Note 12: Income Taxes
 
Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies
 
Note 14: Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Note 15: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
Note 16: Regulatory Matters
 
Note 17: Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
Note 18: Condensed Bank of Marin Bancorp Parent Only Financial Statements
 
 
 
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
 
 
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
 
 
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
 
 
 
PART III
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
 
 
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
 
 
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
 
 
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
 
 
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
 
 
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX



Page-3



PART I       

Forward-Looking Statements
 
This discussion of financial results includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the "1933 Act") and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the "1934 Act"). Those sections of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act provide a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their financial performance so long as they provide meaningful, cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ significantly from projected results.
 
Our forward-looking statements include descriptions of plans or objectives of Management for future operations, products or services, and forecasts of revenues, earnings or other measures of economic performance. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate" or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could" or "may."
 
Forward-looking statements are based on Management's current expectations regarding economic, legislative, and regulatory issues that may impact our earnings in future periods. A number of factors—many of which are beyond Management’s control—could cause future results to vary materially from current Management expectations. Such factors include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions, the economic uncertainty in the United States and abroad, changes in interest rates, deposit flows, real estate values, expected future cash flows on acquired loans and securities, integration of acquisitions and competition; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; changes in legislation or regulation; adverse weather conditions; and other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services.

The events or factors that could cause results or performance to materially differ from those expressed in our prior forward-looking statements concerning the NorCal acquisition include:

lower than expected consolidated revenues;
higher than expected acquisition related costs;
losses of deposit and loan customers resulting from the acquisition;
greater than expected operating costs and/or loan losses;
significant increases in competition;
the inability to achieve expected cost savings from the acquisition, or the inability to achieve those savings as soon as expected; and
unexpected costs and difficulties in adapting to technological changes and integrating systems.

These and other important factors are detailed in Item 1A Risk Factors section of this report. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.


ITEM 1        BUSINESS

Bank of Marin (the “Bank”) was incorporated in August 1989, received its charter from the California Superintendent of Banks (now the California Department of Business Oversight or "DBO") and commenced operations in January 1990. The Bank is an insured bank under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). On July 1, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), a bank holding company reorganization was completed whereby Bank of Marin Bancorp (“Bancorp”) became the parent holding company for the Bank, the sole and wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp. On the Effective Date, each outstanding share of Bank of Marin common stock was converted into one share of Bank of Marin Bancorp common stock. Bancorp is listed at NASDAQ and assumed the ticker symbol BMRC, which was formerly used by the Bank. Prior to the Effective Date, the Bank filed reports and proxy statements with the FDIC pursuant to Sections 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”). Upon formation of the holding company, Bancorp became subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, which subjects Bancorp to Federal

Page-4



Reserve Board reporting and examination requirements, and Bancorp now files 1934 Act reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

References in this report to “Bancorp” mean Bank of Marin Bancorp, parent holding company for the Bank. References to “we,” “our,” “us” mean the holding company and the Bank that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes.

Most of our business is conducted through Bancorp's subsidiary, the Bank, which is headquartered in Novato, California. As of December 31, 2013, we operated through twenty-one offices in Marin, Sonoma, San Francisco, Napa and Alameda counties with a strong emphasis on supporting the local community. Our customer base is made up of business and personal banking relationships from the communities near the branch office locations. Our business banking focus is on small to medium-sized businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations.
 
We offer a broad range of commercial and retail deposit and lending programs designed to meet the needs of our target markets. Our loan products include commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and lines of credit, construction financing, consumer loans, and home equity lines of credit. Merchant card services are available for our customers in retail businesses. Through a third party vendor, we offer a proprietary Visa® credit card product combined with a rewards program to our customers, as well as a Business Visa® program for business and professional customers. We also offer cash management sweep to business clients through a third party vendor.

We offer a variety of personal and business checking and savings accounts, and a number of time deposit alternatives, including time certificates of deposit, Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), Health Savings Accounts, and Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS®”). CDARS® is a network through which we offer full FDIC insurance coverage in excess of the regulatory maximum by placing deposits in multiple banks participating in the network. We also offer remote deposit capture, Automated Clearing House services (“ACH”), social security and pension checks, fraud prevention services including Positive Pay for Checks and ACH and image lockbox services. A valet deposit pick-up service is available to our professional and business clients. Automatic teller machines (“ATM's”) are available at each branch location.

Our ATM network is linked to the PLUS, CIRRUS and NYCE networks, as well as to a network of nation-wide surcharge-free ATM's called MoneyPass. We also offer our depositors 24-hour access to their accounts by telephone and through our internet banking products available to personal and business account holders.

We offer Wealth Management and Trust Services (“WMTS”) which include customized investment portfolio management, financial planning, trust administration, estate settlement and custody services, and advice of charitable giving. We also offer 401(k) plan services to small and medium-sized businesses through a third party vendor.

We do not directly offer international banking services, but do make such services available to our customers through other financial institutions with whom we have correspondent banking relationships.

We hold no patents, licenses (other than licenses required by the appropriate banking regulatory agencies), franchises or concessions.  The Bank has registered the service marks "The Spirit of Marin", the words “Bank of Marin”, the Bank of Marin logo, and the Bank of Marin tagline “Committed to your business and our community” with the United States Patent & Trademark Office.  In addition, Bancorp has registered the service marks for the words “Bank of Marin Bancorp” and for the Bank of Marin Bancorp logo with the United States Patent & Trademark Office.

All service marks registered by Bancorp or the Bank are registered on the United States Patent & Trademark Office Principal Register, with the exception of the words "Bank of Marin Bancorp" which is registered on the United States Patent & Trademark Office Supplemental Register.

Market Area

Our primary market area consists of Marin, San Francisco, Napa, Sonoma and Alameda counties. Our customer base is primarily made up of business and personal banking relationships within these market areas.

As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report, in November 2013, we expanded our community banking footprint to Alameda County through the acquisition of $280.9 million of assets, the

Page-5



assumption of $246.4 million of liabilities, and the addition of four branch offices serving Alameda, Emeryville, and Oakland of the former NorCal Community Bancorp ("NorCal"), parent company of Bank of Alameda (the “Acquisition”).

On February 18, 2011, we entered into a modified whole-bank purchase and assumption agreement without loss share (the “P&A Agreement”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the receiver of Charter Oak Bank of Napa, California. We purchased $107.8 million in assets and assumed $107.7 million in liabilities of the former Charter Oak Bank to enhance our market presence in Napa.

We attract deposit relationships from individuals, merchants, small to medium-sized businesses, not-for-profit organizations and professionals who live and/or work in the communities comprising our market areas. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 62% of our deposits are in Marin and southern Sonoma Counties, and approximately 56% of our deposits are from businesses and 44% are from individuals.

Competition

The banking business in California generally, and in our market area specifically, is highly competitive with respect to attracting both loan and deposit relationships. The increasingly competitive environment is impacted by changes in regulation, interest rate environment, technology and product delivery systems, and the consolidation among financial service providers. The banking industry is seeing extreme competition for quality loans, which has resulted in limited loan growth in the past year. Larger banks are seeking to expand lending to businesses, which are traditionally community bank customers.

In all of our five counties, we have significant competition with nationwide banks, which have much larger branch networks nationwide, as well as several thrifts, credit unions and other independent banks. We have the largest business core deposit market share, representing 23.3% of business core deposits in Marin County according to the Deposit & Market Share Report from the California Banksite Corporation based upon the FDIC deposit market share data as of June 30, 2013. A significant driver of our franchise value is the growth and stability of our checking and savings deposits, a low cost funding source for our loan portfolio. Bank of Marin maintains the highest market share in Marin County as a community bank, and has the third highest market share behind two national banks. We have a presence in Sonoma County with 6% market share, and are building shares in the San Francisco, Napa and Alameda markets.

We also compete for depositors' funds with money market mutual funds and with non-bank financial institutions such as brokerage firms and insurance companies. Among the competitive advantages held by some of these non-bank financial institutions is their ability to finance extensive advertising and funding campaigns and allocate investments to our markets.

Nationwide banks have the competitive advantages of national advertising campaigns and technology infrastructure to achieve economies of scale. Large commercial banks also have substantially greater lending limits and have the ability to offer certain services which are not offered directly by us.

In order to compete with the numerous, and often larger, financial institutions in our primary market area, we use, to the fullest extent possible, the flexibility and rapid response capabilities which are accorded by our independent status, local leadership and local decision making. Our competitive advantages also include an emphasis on personalized service, community involvement, philanthropic giving, local promotional activities and strong relationships with our customers. The commitment and dedication of our directors, officers and staff have also contributed greatly to our success in competing for business.

Employees

At December 31, 2013, we employed 281 full-time equivalent (“FTE”) staff. The actual number of employees, including part-time employees, at year-end 2013 included five executive officers, 103 other corporate officers and 189 staff. None of our employees are presently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our employee relations are good. We have been recognized as one of the “Best Places to Work” by the North Bay Business Journal and as a "Top Corporate Philanthropist” by the San Francisco Business Times for many years.

Page-6




SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The following discussion summarizes certain significant laws, rules and regulations affecting Bancorp and the Bank.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

Upon formation of the bank holding company on July 1, 2007, we became subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”) which subjects Bancorp to FRB reporting and examination requirements. Under the FRB's regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks.

The BHCA regulates the activities of holding companies including acquisitions, mergers and consolidations and, together with the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999, the scope of allowable banking activities. Bancorp is also a bank holding company within the meaning of the California Financial Code. As such, Bancorp and its subsidiaries are subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the DBO.

Bank Regulation

Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect consumers, depositors' funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. These regulations affect our lending practices, consumer protections, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy.

As a state chartered bank, we are subject to regulation and examination by the DBO. We are also subject to regulation, supervision and periodic examination by the FDIC. If, as a result of an examination of the Bank, the FDIC or the DBO should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of our operations are unsatisfactory, or that we have violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to those regulators including issuing a “cease and desist” order, monetary penalties, restitution, restricting our growth or removing officers and directors.

The following discussion summarizes certain significant laws, rules and regulations affecting both Bancorp and the Bank. The Bank addresses the many state and federal regulations it is subject to through a comprehensive compliance program that addresses the various risks associated with these issues.

Dividends

The payment of cash dividends by the Bank to Bancorp is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code (the “Code”). Prior to any distribution from the Bank to Bancorp, a calculation is made to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Code and to ensure that the Bank remains within capital guidelines set forth by the DBO and the FDIC. Management anticipates that there will be sufficient earnings at the Bank level to provide dividends to Bancorp to meet its cash requirements for 2014. See also Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under the heading “Dividends” in Item 8 of this report.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently $250,000 per depositor. The 2010 enacted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made the deposit insurance coverage permanent at the $250,000 level retroactive to January 1, 2008.

On February 7, 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC approved a rule that changed the FDIC insurance assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, defined as Tier 1 capital. The new rule lowered assessment rates to between 2.5 and 9 basis points on the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category. The change was effective beginning with the second quarter of 2011. Since we have a solid core deposit base, do not rely heavily on borrowings and brokered deposits and maintain high asset quality, the benefit of the lower assessment rate (which dropped by approximately half for us in 2011) significantly outweighed the effect of a wider assessment base.

Page-7




Community Reinvestment Act

We are subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), under which all banks and thrifts have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound operations, to help meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The act requires a depository institution's primary federal regulator, in connection with its examination of the institution, to assess the institution's record in meeting the requirements of CRA. The regulatory agency's assessment of the institution's record is made available to the public. The record is taken into consideration when the institution establishes a new branch that accepts deposits, relocates an office, applies to merge or consolidate, or expands into other activities. Our CRA performance will be evaluated by the FDIC under the large bank requirements in the future. The FDIC's last CRA performance examination was performed under the intermediate small bank requirements and completed on June 18, 2012 with a rating of “Satisfactory”.

Anti Money-Laundering Regulations

A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Bank Secrecy Act in 1970 requires banks to prevent, detect, and report illicit or illegal financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and terrorism. Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships, requirements regarding the Customer Identification Program, as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk customers, foreign financial institutions, and foreign individuals and entities. We have extensive controls in place to comply with these requirements.

Privacy and Data Security

The Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (“GLBA”) of 1999 imposes requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer privacy. The GLBA generally prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to consumers annually. The GLBA also directs federal regulators, including the FDIC, to prescribe standards for the security of consumer information. We are subject to such standards, as well as standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security breach. We must disclose our privacy policy to consumers and permit consumers to “opt out” of having non-public customer information disclosed to third parties. We are required to have an information security program to safeguard the confidentiality and security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal of information that is no longer needed. Customers must be notified when unauthorized disclosure involves sensitive customer information that may be misused.

Consumer Protection Regulations

Our lending activities are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers, including the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act ,Truth-in-Lending Act, the Unfair, Deceptive or Abusive Acts and Practices, and the Dodd-Frank Act. Our deposit operations are also subject to laws and regulations that protect consumer rights including Funds Availability, Truth in Savings, and Electronic Funds Transfers. Additional rules govern check writing ability on certain interest earning accounts and prescribe procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records. Additionally, effective October 28, 2013, there is a new provision of Regulation E to accommodate the new Remittance Transfers Rule requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform Act concerning consumer international wires. The new rule focuses primarily on consumer protection including mandatory disclosures of wire transfer fees, error resolution procedures, and cancellation rights.

Restriction on Transactions between Bank's Affiliates

Transactions between Bancorp and the Bank are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A places restrictions on the Bank's “covered transactions” with Bancorp, including loans and other extensions of credit, investments in the securities of, and purchases of assets from Bancorp. Section 23B requires that certain transactions, including all covered transactions, be on market terms and conditions. Federal Reserve Regulation W combines statutory restrictions on

Page-8



transactions between the Bank and Bancorp with FRB interpretations in an effort to simplify compliance with Sections 23A and 23B.

Capital Requirements

The FRB and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks. Bancorp's ratios exceed the required minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes and the Bank meets the definition for well capitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to significant restrictions. Payment of dividends could be restricted or prohibited, with some exceptions, if the Bank were categorized as "critically undercapitalized" under applicable FDIC regulations. For further information on risk-based capital, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision finalized a set of international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel III.” These guidelines were developed to address many of the weaknesses in the banking industry that contributed to the past financial crisis, including excessive leverage, inadequate and low-quality capital and insufficient liquidity buffers. In July 2013, the FRB, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, finalized a rule to implement Basel III. The rule is subject to a phase-in period beginning January 2015, and all the changes should be implemented by January 2019. The guidelines, among other things, increase minimum capital requirements of bank holding companies, including increasing the Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio to 6%, introducing a new requirement to maintain a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, and in 2019, when fully phased in, a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. In addition, there have been several updates to the way risk-weighted assets are assessed. The three changes that will affect the Bank most significantly are: the movement of past due exposures from 100% to 150% risk weight; the movement of off-balance sheet items with an original maturity of one year or less from 0% to 20% risk weight; and the risk weighting of mortgage-backed securities using the gross-up approach instead of the ratings-based approach. We have modeled our ratios under the finalized rules and we do not expect that we will be required to raise additional capital as a result of their implementation.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

We are subject to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which implemented legislative reforms intended to address corporate and accounting improprieties and, among other things:

required executive certification of financial presentations;
increased requirements for board audit committees and their members;
enhanced disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;
enhanced controls over, and reporting of, insider trading; and
increased penalties for financial crimes and forfeiture of executive bonuses in certain circumstances.

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2009 (the “EESA”)

In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats of investment banks and other financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the EESA was signed into law, which gave the U.S. Treasury the authority to purchase senior preferred shares from the largest nine financial institutions in the nation and other financial institutions in a program known as the Treasury Capital Purchase Program (“TCPP”) that was carved out of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). As a result of our participation in the TCPP, we issued a warrant to the U.S. Treasury to acquire 156,134 shares of our common stock (as adjusted with newly declared dividends). The warrant was auctioned by the U.S. Treasury and purchased by two institutional investors during November 2011 and remains outstanding. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report for discussion regarding the warrant.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Recovery Act”)

The Recovery Act was signed into law on February 17, 2009 in an effort, among other things, to jumpstart the U.S. economy, prevent job losses, expand educational opportunities, and provide affordable health care and tax relief. Among the various measures in the Recovery Act are restrictions on executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits for recipients of TCPP funds and a provision for repurchase of preferred stock at liquidation amount without

Page-9



regard to the original TCPP transaction terms. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report for discussion regarding our repurchase of preferred stock issued under the TCPP.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, a landmark financial reform bill comprised of voluminous new rules and restrictions that will impact banks going forward. It includes key provisions aimed at preventing a repeat of the 2008 financial crisis and a new process for winding down failing, systemically important institutions in a manner as close to a controlled bankruptcy as possible. The Dodd-Frank Act includes other key provisions as follows:

(1) Establishes a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to monitor systemic financial risks. The FRB is given extensive new authorities to impose strict controls on large bank holding companies with total consolidated assets equal to or in excess of $50 billion and systemically significant non-bank financial companies to limit the risk they might pose to the economy and other large interconnected companies. The FRB can also take direct control of troubled financial companies that are considered systemically significant.

The Dodd-Frank Act restricts the amount of trust preferred securities (“TruPS”) that may be considered as Tier 1 Capital. For bank holding companies below $15 billion in total assets, TruPS issued before May 19, 2010 are grandfathered, so their status as Tier 1 capital does not change.

On November 29, 2013, we acquired NorCal and assumed ownership of NorCal Community Bancorp Trusts I and II, respectively (the "Trusts"), which were formed by NorCal for the sole purpose of issuing TruPS. Since the TruPS assumed from the NorCal acquisition were issued prior to May 2010 and they do not exceed 25% of the sum of all our other core capital elements, they are included in our Tier I capital.

Beginning January 1, 2013, bank holding companies above $15 billion in assets will have a three-year phase-in period to fill the capital gap caused by the disallowance of the TruPS issued before May 19, 2010. However, going forward, TruPS will be disallowed as Tier 1 capital.

(2) Creates a new process to liquidate failed financial firms in an orderly manner, including giving the FDIC broader authority to operate or liquidate a failing financial company.

(3) Establishes a new independent Federal regulatory body for consumer protection within the Federal Reserve System known as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB"), which assumes responsibility for most consumer protection laws (except the Community Reinvestment Act). It is also in charge of setting appropriate consumer banking fees and caps. The Office of Comptroller of the Currency continues to have authority to preempt state banking and consumer protection laws if these laws "prevent or significantly" interfere with the business of banking.

(4) Affects changes in the FDIC assessment as discussed in section “FDIC Insurance Assessmentsabove.

(5) Places certain limitations on investment and other activities by depository institutions, holding companies and their affiliates, including comprehensive regulation of all over-the-counter derivatives.

(6) Authorizes the FRB to regulate interchange fees on debit card and certain general-use prepaid card transactions paid to issuing banks with assets in excess of $10 billion to ensure that they are “reasonable and proportional” to the cost of processing individual transactions and to prohibit networks and issuers from requiring transactions to be processed on a single payment network. The FRB issued its final rule on June 29, 2011.

Available Information

On our Internet web site, www.bankofmarin.com, we post the following filings as soon as reasonably practical after they are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission: Annual Report to Shareholders, Form 10-K, Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. The text of the Code of Ethical Conduct for Bancorp and the Bank is also included on the website. All such filings on our website are available free of charge. This website address is for information only and

Page-10



is not intended to be an active link, or to incorporate any website information into this document. In addition, copies of our filings are available by requesting them in writing or by phone from:


Corporate Secretary
Bank of Marin Bancorp    
504 Redwood Boulevard, Suite 100
Novato, CA 94947
415-763-4523


Page-11



ITEM 1A      RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business. The material risks and uncertainties that Management believes may affect our business are described below. Before making an investment decision, investors should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our business. Additional risks and uncertainties that Management is not aware of, focused on, or currently deems immaterial may also impair business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Earnings are Significantly Influenced by General Business and Economic Conditions

We are operating in an uncertain economic environment. While there are signs of economic conditions improving, the recovery in the labor market is not complete and the unemployment and underemployment rates are still well above levels typically associated with economic strength. Weak business and consumer spending, the U.S. budget deficit and uncertainty in the economies of Europe and emerging markets have the potential to hamper economic recovery. The economic environment is impacted by political uncertainty and changes in fiscal and monetary policy, and the long-term effects of expiring tax cuts and mandatory reductions in federal spending, could adversely affect our business. Economic conditions have led to prolonged low interest rates, particularly medium and longer-term rates, which may have a long-term impact on the composition of our earning assets and our net interest margin. Among other things, a period of prolonged lower rates may cause prepayments to increase as our customers seek to refinance existing loans, resulting in a decrease in the weighted average yield of our earning assets and variability in our net interest income. Furthermore, financial institutions continue to be affected by the tepid recovery of the real estate market and a stricter regulatory environment. While our market areas have not experienced the same degree of challenge in unemployment as other areas 1, the effects of these issues have trickled down to households and businesses in our markets. There can be no assurance that the recent economic improvement is sustainable or that the credit worthiness of our borrowers will not deteriorate.
 
Continued weakness in real estate values and home sale volumes, financial stress on borrowers, including job losses, and customers' inability to pay debt could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations in the following ways:

Demand for our products and services may decline
Low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease
Collateral for our loans, especially real estate, may decline further in value
Loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase.

As the economy is still vulnerable, businesses are wary about capital expenditures or expansion of working capital and consumers are de-leveraging by reducing their debt levels. Hence, we have noticed a low level of loan demand due to an unfavorable economic climate and intensified competition for credit-worthy borrowers, all of which could impact our ability to generate profitable loans.









____________________________________________________________________________________________

1 Based on the latest available labor market information from the California Employment Development Department. Preliminary December 2013 results show that the unemployment rate in Marin County was the lowest in California at 4.2%. The unemployment rates in San Francisco, Sonoma, Napa and Alameda County are 4.8%, 5.7%, 5.9% and 6.3%, compared to the state of California at 8.3%.

Page-12



Banks and Bank Holding Companies are Subject to Extensive Government Regulation and Supervision

Bancorp and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state governmental supervision, regulation and control. Holding company regulations affect the range of activities in which Bancorp is engaged. Banking regulations affect the Bank's lending practices, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy among other controls. Future legislative changes or interpretations may also alter the structure and competitive relationship among financial institutions. Legislation is regularly introduced in the U.S. Congress and the California Legislature which would impact our operating environment in perhaps substantial and unpredictable ways. The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting us is unpredictable at this time.

The historic disruptions in the financial marketplace over the past several years have prompted the Obama administration to reform financial market regulation. This reform includes additional regulations over consumer financial products, bond rating agencies and the creation of a regime for regulating systemic risk across all types of financial service firms. In light of recent economic conditions, as well as regulatory and congressional criticism, further restrictions on financial service companies may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition, as well as increase our compliance risk.

Compliance risk is the current and prospective risk to earnings or capital arising from violations of, or non-conformance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards set forth by regulators. Compliance risk also arises in situations where the laws or rules governing certain bank products or activities of our clients may be ambiguous or untested. This risk exposes Bancorp and the Bank to potential fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages and the voiding of contracts. Compliance risk can lead to diminished reputation, reduced franchise value, limited business opportunities, reduced expansion potential and an inability to enforce contracts.

For further information on supervision and regulation, see the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1 above.

Recently Enacted Legislation and Other Measures Undertaken by the Government May not Help Stabilize the U.S. Financial System and The Impact of New Financial Reform Legislation is Yet to be Determined

As discussed in Item 1, Section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” above, in 2010, President Obama signed into law a landmark financial reform bill-the Dodd-Frank Act. The rules under the Dodd-Frank Act change banking statutes and the operating environment of Bancorp and the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways, and could continue to increase the cost of doing business, decrease our revenues, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance depending upon whether or how regulations are implemented. We may continue to invest significant Management attention and resources to make any necessary changes related to the Dodd-Frank Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder. The ultimate effect that the changes will have on the financial condition or results of operations of Bancorp or the Bank is uncertain at this time.

The broader impact of recently enacted legislation and related measures undertaken to alleviate the aftermaths of the credit crisis is also unknown. The capital and credit markets experienced volatility and disruption at unprecedented levels in the last credit crisis. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers' underlying financial strength. If similar disruptions and volatility return, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect on our ability to access credit or capital.

In addition to the Basel III capital framework discussed on page 9 under "Capital Requirements", there is a Basel III liquidity framework that requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests, such as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”). The LCR is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The LCR at 60% is required to be satisfied on January 1, 2015, with a phase-in period ending January 1, 2019. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. The Basel III liquidity framework contemplates that the NSFR will be subject to an observation period through mid-2016 and, subject to any revisions resulting from the analysis conducted and data collected during the observation period, implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. These new standards are subject to further rulemaking and their terms may well change before implementation. The federal banking agencies are

Page-13



expected to propose rules implementing the Basel III liquidity framework and have not determined to what extent they will apply to U.S. banks that are not large, internationally active banks.

Intense Competition with Other Financial Institutions to Attract and Retain Banking Customers

We are facing significant competition for customers from other banks and financial institutions located in the markets we serve. We compete with commercial banks, saving banks, credit unions, non-bank financial services companies and other financial institutions operating within or near our service areas. Some of our non-bank competitors may not be subject to the same extensive regulations as we are, giving them greater flexibility in competing for business. We anticipate intense competition will be continued for the coming year due to the recent consolidation of many financial institutions and more changes in legislature, regulation and technology. Further, loan demand may continue to be challenging due to the uncertain economic climate and the intensifying competition for creditworthy borrowers, both of which could lead to loan rate concession pressure or impact our ability to generate profitable loans.

Going forward, we may see tighter competition in the industry as banks seek to take market share in the most profitable customer segments, particularly the business segment and the mass-affluent segment, which offer a rich source of deposits as well as more profitable and less risky customer relationships. Further, with the rebound of the equity markets, our deposit customers may perceive alternative investment opportunities as providing superior expected returns. Technology and other changes have made it more convenient for bank customers to transfer funds into alternative investments or other deposit accounts such as online virtual banks and non-bank service providers. The current low interest rate environment could increase such transfers of deposits to higher yielding deposits or other investments. Efforts and initiatives we undertake to retain and increase deposits, including deposit pricing, can increase our costs. When our customers move money into higher yielding deposits or alternative investments, we can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, thus increasing our funding costs.

We also compete with nation-wide and regional banks much larger than our size, which may be able to benefit from economies of scale through their wider branch networks, national advertising campaigns and sophisticated technology infrastructures. In 2012, a local community bank in Marin County was acquired by a reputable regional bank seeking to expand their footprint in our primary market.

We intend to seek additional deposits by continuing to establish and strengthen our personal relationships with our existing customers and by offering deposit products that are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our markets. If these efforts are unsuccessful, we may need to fund our asset growth through borrowings, other non-core funding or public offerings of our common stock which could be leveraged. Increasing debt without capital would further increase our leverage, reduce our borrowing capacity and increase our reliance on non-core funds and counterparties' credit availability, while a public offering may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and share ownership.

We May Not Be Able To Attract and Retain Key Employees

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged by us can be intense and we may not be able to hire skilled people or retain them. We do not have non-compete agreements with any of our senior officers. The unexpected loss of services of key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of the skills, knowledge of our market, years of industry experience and difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

Negative Conditions Affecting Real Estate May Harm Our Business

Concentration of our lending activities in the California real estate sector could negatively impact our results of operations if adverse changes in our lending area occur or intensify. Although we do not offer traditional first mortgages, nor have sub-prime or Alt-A residential loans or significant amount of securities backed by such loans in the portfolio, we are not immune to volatility in those markets. Approximately 86% of our loans were secured by real estate at December 31, 2013, of which 64% were secured by commercial real estate and the remaining 22% by residential real estate. Real estate valuations are impacted by demand, and demand is driven by factors such as employment; when unemployment rates rise, demand drops. The unemployment rate has been elevated since 2009. Most of the properties that secure our loans are located within Marin, San Francisco, Sonoma, Napa and Alameda Counties, and we have seen some improvement in real estate sales volume and home prices in 2013.

Page-14




Loans secured by commercial real estate include those secured by small office buildings, owner-user office/warehouses, mixed-use residential/commercial properties and retail properties. In general, 2013 office, industrial and retail vacancy rates have fallen in Marin, Sonoma and Napa Counties based on the latest available real estate information from Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc. In addition, commercial vacancy rates have fallen in the Bay Area, especially in the east bay and San Francisco. There can be no assurance that the companies or properties securing our loans will generate sufficient cash flows to allow borrowers to make full and timely loan payments to us.

In late 2006, Federal banking regulators issued final guidance regarding commercial real estate lending to address a concern that rising commercial real estate lending concentrations may expose institutions to unanticipated earnings and capital volatility in the event of adverse changes in the investor commercial real estate market. This guidance suggests that institutions that are potentially exposed to significant commercial real estate concentration risk will be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny. Institutions that have experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending such as us, have notable exposure to a specific type of commercial real estate lending, or are approaching or exceed certain supervisory criteria that measure an institution's commercial real estate portfolio against its capital levels, may be subject to such increased regulatory scrutiny. We have regular conversations with regulators to avoid unexpected regulatory risk.

Severe Weather, Natural Disasters or Other Climate Change Related Matters Could Significantly Impact Our Business

Our primary market is located in an earthquake-prone zone in northern California, which is also subject to other weather or disasters, such as severe rainstorms, wildfire or flood. These events could interrupt our business operations unexpectedly. Climate-related physical changes and hazards could also pose credit risks for us. For example, our borrowers may have collateral properties located in coastal areas at risk to rise in sea level. The properties pledged as collateral on our loan portfolio could also be damaged by tsunamis, floods, earthquakes or wildfires and thereby the recoverability of loans could be impaired. A number of factors can affect credit losses, including the extent of damage to the collateral, the extent of damage not covered by insurance, the extent to which unemployment and other economic conditions caused by the natural disaster adversely affect the ability of borrowers to repay their loans, and the cost of collection and foreclosure to us. Lastly, there could be increased insurance premiums and deductibles, or a decrease in the availability of coverage, due to severe weather-related losses. The ultimate impact on our business of a natural disaster, whether or not caused by climate change, is difficult to predict.

Growth May Produce Unfavorable Outcomes

We seek to expand our franchise safely and consistently. A successful growth strategy requires us to manage multiple aspects of the business simultaneously, such as following adequate loan underwriting standards, balancing loan and deposit growth without increasing interest rate risk or compressing our net interest margin, maintaining sufficient capital, and recruiting, training and retaining qualified professionals.

Our growth strategy also includes merger and acquisition possibilities that either enhance our market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. We may be exposed to difficulties in combining the operations of acquired institutions into our own operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our acquisition activities. As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report, on November 29, 2013, we completed the merger of NorCal Community Bancorp ("NorCal"), parent company of Bank of Alameda, ("the Acquisition"). Our earnings, financial condition and prospects after the merger will depend in part on our ability to integrate the operations and management of NorCal while continuing to implement other aspects of our business plan. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired institution and there is no assurance that we will be able to do so successfully. Among the issues that we could face are:

unexpected problems with operations, personnel, technology or credit;
loss of customers and employees of the acquiree;
difficulty in working with the acquiree's employees and customers;
the assimilation of the acquiree's operations, culture and personnel;
instituting and maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies; and
litigation risk not discovered during the due diligence period.


Page-15



Undiscovered factors as a result of an acquisition could bring liabilities against us, our management and the management of the institutions we acquire. These factors could contribute to our not achieving the expected benefits from our acquisitions within desired time frames, if at all. Further, although we anticipate cost savings as a result of the merger, we may not be able to fully realize those savings. Any cost savings that are realized may be offset by losses in revenues or other charges to earnings.

We are Subject to Significant Credit Risk and Loan Losses May Exceed Our Allowance for Loan Losses in the Future

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, that represents Management's best estimate of probable losses that may be incurred within the existing portfolio of loans (the "incurred loss model"). The level of the allowance reflects Management's continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality and present economic, political and regulatory conditions. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Further, we generally rely on appraisals of the collateral or comparable sales data to determine the level of specific reserve and/or the charge-off amount on certain collateral dependent loans. Inaccurate assumptions in the appraisals or an inappropriate choice of the valuation techniques may lead to an inadequate level of specific reserve or charge-offs.

Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans and their collateral, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, may require an increase in our allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses or cash flows from acquired loans do not perform as expected, we will need to record additional provision for loan losses.

In December 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a proposed Accounting Standards Update, Financial Instruments: Credit Losses, which establishes a new impairment framework also known as the "current expected credit loss model." In contrast to the incurred loss model currently used by financial entities like us, the current expected credit loss model requires an allowance be recognized based on the expected credit losses (i.e. all contractual cash flows that the entity does not expect to collect from financial assets or commitments to extend credit). It requires the consideration of more forward-looking information than is permitted under current U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition to relevant information about past events and current conditions, such as borrowers’ current creditworthiness, quantitative and qualitative factors specific to borrowers, and the economic environment in which the entity operates, the new model requires consideration of reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability of the financial assets’ remaining contractual cash flows, and evaluation of the forecasted direction of the economic cycle, as well as time value of money. This proposed impairment framework is expected to have wide reaching implications to financial institutions such as us. The allowance for loan losses is likely to increase due to a larger volume of financial assets that fall within the scope of the proposed model, resulting in an adverse impact on net income, volatility in earnings and higher capital requirements. The full effect of the implementation of this new model is unknown until the proposed guidance is finalized.

Interest Rate Risk is Inherent in Our Business

Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are sensitive to many factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB"), which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, can influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but can also affect (i) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the average duration of our securities and loan portfolios. Our portfolio of securities will generally decline in value if market interest rates increase, and increase in value if market interest rates decline. Our mortgage-backed security ("MBS") portfolio is also subject to prepayment risk when interest rates are low and extension risk when rates rise.


Page-16



In response to the recessionary state of the national economy, the gloomy housing market and the volatility of financial markets, the Federal Open Market Committee of the FRB (“FOMC”) started a series of decreases in Federal funds target rate with seven decreases in 2008, bringing the target rate to a historically low range of 0% to 0.25%. Based on statements after the December 2013 FOMC meeting, they expect to keep interest rates near zero for at least as long as the unemployment rate remains above 6.5%. The FRB continues purchasing MBS, although at a reduced pace beginning in February 2014. The FRB's sizable and still-increasing holdings of longer-term securities will continue to place downward pressure on longer-term interest rates, and hence our net interest margin.

Interest rate changes can create fluctuations in the net interest margin due to an imbalance in the timing of repricing or maturity of assets and liabilities. We manage interest rate risk exposure with the goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate volatility on the net interest margin. Although we believe we have implemented effective asset and liability management strategies, the prolonged low interest rate environment could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our 2014 net interest margin may compress due to continued repricing on loans and securities. See the sections captioned “Net Interest Income” in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk in Item 7A of this report for further discussion related to management of interest rate risk.

In the current environment of historically low interest rates, the net interest margin compression has become a major concern. If interest rates rise by more than 100 basis points, we anticipate that net interest margin will rise assuming no additional deposit rate sensitivity. However, it may still take several upward market rate movements for variable rate loans at floors to move above their floor rates. Further, a rise in index rates leads to lower debt service coverage of variable rate loans if the borrower's operating cash flow does not also rise. This creates a leveraged paradox of an improving economy (leading to higher interest rates), but lowers credit quality as short-term rates move up faster than the cash flow or income of the borrowers. Higher interest rates may also depress loan demand, making it more difficult for us to grow loans.

Accounting Estimates and Risk Management Processes Rely On Analytical and Forecasting Models

The processes we use to estimate probable loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are adequate, the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. If the models we use for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, we may incur increased or unexpected losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the models we use for determining our probable loan losses are inadequate, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs. If the models we use to measure the fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate unexpectedly or may not accurately reflect what we could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial instruments. Any such failure in our analytical or forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Financial Institutions Rely on Technology and Continually Encounter Technological Change

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology will enable efficiency and meet customers' changing needs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services as efficiently as national banks or be successful in marketing these products and services to retain and compete for customers. Failure to keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on the long-term success of our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

The Bank outsources core processing to Fidelity Information Services, a leading financial services solution provider, which allows us access to competitive technology offerings without having to directly invest in development. 


Page-17



Cyber Security is a Growing Risk for Financial Institutions

Our business requires the secure handling of sensitive client information. We also rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Cyber incidents include intentional attacks and unintentional events that may present unauthorized access to digital systems that disrupt operations, corrupt data, release sensitive information or cause denial-of-service on our websites. We store, process and transmit account information in connection with lending and deposit relationships, including funds transfer and online banking. A breach of cyber-security systems of the Bank, our vendors or customers, or widely publicized breaches of other financial institutions could significantly harm our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and financial liability. While we have systems and procedures designed to prevent security breaches, we cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, physical system or network break-ins or inappropriate access will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our networks or proprietary client information.

We process debit card transactions initiated by our customers at merchant locations around the world. When a merchant is impacted by a cyber breach, we are exposed to the risk of financial losses due to fraudulent card activity, as well as increases in associated operational expense.

We Rely on Third-Party Vendors for Important Aspects of Our Operation

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information and systems provided by certain key vendors, including but not limited to data processing, payroll processing, technology support, investment safekeeping and accounting. Our ability to operate, as well as our financial condition and results of operations, could be negatively affected in the event of an interruption of an information system, an undetected error, a cyber breach, or in the event of a natural disaster whereby certain vendors are unable to maintain business continuity.

Failure of Correspondent Banks and Counterparties May Affect Liquidity

In the past few years, the financial services industry in general was materially and adversely affected by the credit crisis. We have witnessed failure of banks in the industry in recent years. We rely on our correspondent banks for lines of credit. We also have two correspondent banks as counterparties in our derivative transactions (see Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in item 8 in this Form 10-K). While we continually monitor the financial health of our correspondent banks and we have diverse sources of liquidity, should any one of our correspondent banks become financially impaired, our available credit may decline and/or they may be unable to honor their commitments.

Deterioration of Credit Quality or Insolvency of Insurance Companies May Impede our Ability to Recover Losses

The financial crisis led certain major insurance companies to be downgraded by rating agencies. We have property, casualty and financial institution risk coverage underwritten by several insurance companies, who may not avoid insolvency risk inherent in the insurance industry. In addition, some of our investments in obligations of state and political subdivisions are insured by insurance companies. While we closely monitor credit ratings of our insurers and insurers of our municipality securities, and we are poised to make quick changes if needed, we cannot predict an unexpected inability to honor commitments. We also invest in bank-owned life insurance policies on certain members of senior Management, which may lose value in the event of the carriers' insolvency. In the event that our bank-owned life insurance policy carriers' credit ratings fall below investment grade, we may exchange policies underwritten by them to another carrier at a cost charged by the original carrier, or we may terminate the policies which may result in adverse tax consequences.

Our loan portfolio is also primarily secured by properties located in earthquake or fire-prone zones. In the event of a disaster that causes pervasive damage to the region in which we operate, not only the Bank, but also the loan collateral may suffer losses not recovered by insurance.

Securities May Lose Value due to Credit Quality of the Issuers

We hold securities issued and/or guaranteed by Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). Since 2008, both FNMA and FHLMC have been under a U.S. Government

Page-18



conservatorship which purchases MBS issued by them. As a result, the MBS issued by FNMA and FHLMC have experienced an increase in fair value and our MBS portfolio has benefited from this government support. However, on August 17, 2012, the U.S. Department of the Treasury announced plans to accelerate the wind down of FNMA and FHLMC and incrementally shrink the government's housing-finance footprint by, among other things, reducing FNMA and FHLMC's investment portfolios at an annual rate of 15 percent and sweeping every dollar of profit that each firm earns to the U.S. Treasury quarterly.

Beginning in February 2014, the FRB's monthly MBS purchase was reduced to $30 billion from $35 billion. When the U.S. Government starts selling FNMA and FHLMC MBS, when the government support is phased-out or completely withdrawn, or if either FNMA or FHLMC comes under further financial stress or deteriorates in their credit worthiness, the fair value of our securities issued or guaranteed by these entities may decline.

We also invest in obligations of state and political subdivisions, some of which are experiencing financial difficulties in part due to loss of property tax from falling home values and declines in sales tax revenues from a reduction in retail activities. State and political subdivisions are expected to undergo further financial stress due to the reduced federal funding. While we generally seek to minimize our exposure by diversifying geographic location of our portfolio and investing in investment grade securities, there is no guarantee that the issuers will remain financially sound or continue their payments on these debentures.

The Value Of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets May Decline In The Future

As of December 31, 2013, we had goodwill totaling $6.4 million and a core deposit intangible asset totaling $4.5 million from the NorCal acquisition. A significant decline in expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or a significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock could necessitate taking charges in the future related to the impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of goodwill or other intangible assets is necessary, we would record the appropriate charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Non-performing Assets Take Significant Time To Resolve And Adversely Affect Results Of Operations And Financial Condition.

The Bank's non-performing assets have historically been maintained at a manageable level. While we have significantly reduced non-performing assets, non-performing assets may adversely affect our net income in various ways in the future. Until economic improvement continues in a sustainable fashion, we might incur losses relating to non-performing assets if their collateral values deteriorate. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans, which adversely affects our income and increases our loan administration costs. When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related loan to the fair value of the collateral, which may result in a loss. While we have managed our problem assets through workouts, restructurings and other proactive credit management, decreases in the value of the assets, underlying collateral, or borrowers' performance or financial conditions, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of non-performing assets requires significant commitments of time from Management, which can detract from other responsibilities. There can be no assurance that we will not experience further increases in non-performing assets in the future.

Unexpected Early Termination of Interest Rate Swap Agreements May Impact Earnings

We have entered into interest-rate swap agreements, primarily as an asset/liability management strategy, in order to mitigate the changes in the fair value of specified long-term fixed-rate loans and firm commitments to enter into long-term fixed-rate loans caused by changes in interest rates. These hedges allow us to offer long-term fixed-rate loans to customers without assuming the interest rate risk of a long-term asset by swapping our fixed-rate interest stream for a floating-rate interest stream. In the event of default by the borrowers on our hedged loans, we may have to terminate these designated interest-rate swap agreements early, resulting in severe prepayment penalties charged by our counterparties. On the other hand, when these interest-rate swap agreements are in an asset position, we are subject to the credit risk of our counterparties, who may default on the interest-rate swap agreements, leaving us vulnerable to interest rate movements.


Page-19



We May Take Filing Positions or Follow Tax Strategies That May Be Subject to Challenge

We provide for current and deferred taxes in our consolidated financial statements based on our results of operations, business activities and business combinations, legal structure and federal and state legislation and regulations. We may take filing positions or follow tax strategies that are subject to interpretation of tax statutes. Our net income may be reduced if a federal, state or local authority assessed charges for taxes that have not been provided for in our consolidated financial statements. Taxing authorities could change applicable tax laws, challenge filing positions or assess taxes and interest charges. If taxing authorities take any of these actions, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be adversely and significantly affected.

Bancorp Relies on Dividends from the Bank to Pay Cash Dividends to Shareholders

Bancorp is a separate legal entity from its subsidiary, the Bank. Bancorp receives substantially all of its revenue from the Bank in the form of dividends, which is Bancorp's principal source of funds to pay cash dividends to Bancorp's common shareholders, service subordinated debt, and cover operational expenses of the holding company. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to Bancorp. In the event that the Bank is unable to pay dividends to Bancorp, Bancorp may not be able to pay dividends to its shareholders and pay interest on the subordinated debentures. As a result, it could have an adverse effect on Bancorp's stock price and investment value.

Under federal law, capital distributions from the Bank would become prohibited, with limited exceptions, if the Bank were categorized as "undercapitalized" under applicable FRB or FDIC regulations. In addition, as a California bank, the Bank is subject to state law restrictions on the payment of dividends. For further information on the distribution limit from the Bank to Bancorp, see the section captioned “Bank Regulation” in Item 1 above and “Dividends” in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

The Trading Volume of Bancorp's Common Stock is Less than That of Other, Larger Financial Services Companies

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Our trading volume is less than that of nationwide or regional financial institutions. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence of willing buyers and sellers of common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, significant trades of our stock in a given time, or the expectations of these trades, could cause the stock price to be more volatile.

ITEM 1B      UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2     PROPERTIES

We lease our corporate headquarters building, which houses substantial loan production, operations and administration in Novato, California.  We also lease other branch or office facilities within our primary market areas in the cities of Corte Madera, San Rafael, Novato, Sausalito, Mill Valley, Tiburon, Greenbrae, Petaluma, Santa Rosa, Sonoma, Napa, San Francisco, Alameda, Emeryville, and Oakland.  We consider our properties to be suitable and adequate for our needs. For additional information on properties, see Notes 5 and 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.

ITEM 3         LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
We may be party to legal actions which arise from time to time as part of the normal course of our business.  We believe, after consultation with legal counsel, that we have meritorious defenses in these actions, and that litigation contingent liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 

Page-20



We are responsible for our proportionate share of certain litigation indemnifications provided to Visa U.S.A. by its member banks in connection with lawsuits related to anti-trust charges and interchange fees. For further details, see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

ITEM 4      MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
 
Not applicable.


Page-21



PART II     
 
ITEM 5      MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Bancorp common stock trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol BMRC. At February 28, 2014, 5,900,891 shares of Bancorp's common stock, no par value, were outstanding and held by approximately 2,400 holders of record and beneficial owners. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of high and low intra-day sales prices of Bancorp's common stock.

Calendar
2013
2012
 Quarter
High

Low

High

Low

1st Quarter
$
41.45

$
36.89

$
40.44

$
34.56

2nd Quarter
$
40.75

$
37.75

$
39.38

$
35.23

3rd Quarter
$
45.96

$
38.45

$
44.02

$
35.72

4th Quarter
$
46.21

$
40.00

$
44.09

$
34.50


The table below shows cash dividends paid to common shareholders on a quarterly basis in the last two fiscal years.

Calendar
2013
2012
 Quarter
Per Share

Dollars

Per Share

Dollars

1st Quarter
$
0.18

$
971,000

$
0.17

$
908,000

2nd Quarter
$
0.18

$
979,000

$
0.17

$
911,000

3rd Quarter
$
0.18

$
982,000

$
0.18

$
965,000

4th Quarter
$
0.19

$
1,038,000

$
0.18

$
967,000


For additional information regarding our ability to pay dividends, see discussion in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statement, under the heading “Dividends,” in Item 8 of this report.

There were no purchases made by or on behalf of Bancorp or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), of the Bancorp's common stock during the fourth quarter of 2013.

On July 2, 2007, Bancorp executed a shareholder rights agreement (“Rights Agreement”) designed to discourage takeovers that involve abusive tactics or do not provide fair value to shareholders. Refer to Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2007. For further information, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under the heading “Shareholder Rights Plan” in Item 8 of this report.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2013, with respect to equity compensation plans. All plans have been approved by the shareholders.

 
(A)
(B)

(C)
 
Shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options
Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options

Shares available for future issuance (Excluding shares in column A)
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

220,456 1
$
32.74


408,643 2

1 Represents shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under the Bank of Marin 1999 Stock Option Plan and the Bank of Marin Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan.

2 Represents shares of common stock available for future grants under the 2007 Equity Plan and the 2010 Director Stock Plan.

Page-22




Stock Price Performance Graph

The following graph, provided by Keefe, Bruyette, & Woods, Inc., shows a comparison of cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock during the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 compared to Russell 2000 Stock index and peer group index of other financial institutions. We have been part of the Russell 2000 index since July 2009. The comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2008 in our common stock and all of the dividends were reinvested. The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance.
 
2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

BMRC
100

139

152

166

169

199

Peer Group1
100

83

85

71

90

129

Russell 2000
100

127

161

155

180

250

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1BMRC Peer Group represents public California banks with assets between $1 billion to $5 billion as of December 31, 2013: WABC, WIBC, MCHB, CYHT, HAFC, TCBK, FMCB, EXSR, PFBC, PPBI, BBNK, HTBK, BSRR, CUNB, AMBZ, RCBC, HEOP, CVCY. The peer group composite index is weighted by market capitalization and reinvests dividends on the ex-date and adjusts for stock splits, if applicable.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Source: Company Reports, FactSet, and SNL
 


Page-23



ITEM 6        SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 
 
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2012/2013
 
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
 
% change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
1,805,194

$
1,434,749

$
1,393,263

$
1,208,150

$
1,121,672

25.8
 %
 
Total loans
1,269,322

1,073,952

1,031,154

941,400

917,748

18.2
 %
 
Total deposits
1,587,102

1,253,289

1,202,972

1,015,739

944,061

26.6
 %
 
Total stockholders' equity
180,887

151,792

135,551

121,920

109,051

19.2
 %
 
Equity-to-asset ratio
10.0
%
10.6
%
9.7
%
10.1
%
9.7
%
(5.7
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For year ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
58,775

$
63,190

$
63,819

$
54,909

$
52,567

(7.0
)%
 
Provision for loan losses
540

2,900

7,050

5,350

5,510

(81.4
)%
 
Non-interest income
8,066

7,112

6,269

5,521

5,182

13.4
 %
 
Non-interest expense1
44,092

38,694

38,283

33,357

31,696

14.0
 %
 
Net income1
14,270

17,817

15,564

13,552

12,765

(19.9
)%
 
Net income per share (diluted)
2.57

3.28

2.89

2.55

2.19

(21.6
)%
 
Tax-equivalent net interest margin
4.20
%
4.74
%
5.13
%
4.95
%
5.17
%
(11.4
)%
 
Cash dividend payout ratio on common stock 2
27.9
%
21.0
%
22.1
%
23.6
%
25.8
%
32.9
 %

1 2013 amount included $3.7 million in one-time expenses related to the NorCal acquisition and 2011 amount included $1.0 million one-time expenses related to the Charter Oak Bank acquisition.

2 Calculated as dividends on common share divided by basic net income per common share.

Page-24




ITEM 7     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion of financial condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, included in Part II Item 8 of this report. Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally comprised of average daily balances.
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by important factors detailed in Part I captioned Forward-Looking Statements and Item 1A captioned Risk Factors of this report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in the report.

Executive Summary
 
On November 29, 2013, we closed the acquisition of NorCal Community Bancorp (“NorCal”), parent company of Bank of Alameda, (“the Acquisition”), adding $173.8 million in loans, $241.0 million in deposits and $53.7 million in investment securities to Bank of Marin. The acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at fair value at closing, subject to change for up to one year after the Acquisition as additional information relative to Acquisition-date fair values becomes available.

2013 earnings totaled $14.3 million and include $3.7 million in one-time expenses related to the Acquisition, compared to $17.8 million of earnings in 2012. Diluted earnings of $2.57 per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes a negative impact of $0.43 per share related to one-time acquisition-related expenses and compared to $3.28 per share in the same period of 2012.

In addition to closing the Acquisition, we ended the year with organic growth in core deposits and loans. Deposits totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012. Based on the December 31, 2013 balance, the increase in deposits includes $246 million acquired from NorCal and $88 million in organic growth. Non-interest bearing deposits, including the Acquisition, represent 40.8% of total deposits. Loans totaled $1.3 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012. Based on the December 31, 2013 balance, the growth in loans reflects $172.3 million in loans acquired from Norcal and $23.1 million in organic growth.

Credit quality continues to be very strong and improving. Non-accrual loans totaled $11.7 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $17.7 million at December 31, 2012, and as a percent of total loans declined to 0.92% compared to 1.64% a year ago. The decrease in non-accrual loans primarily reflects one commercial real estate loan that paid off in 2013 and pay downs on various commercial real estate and commercial loans, partially offset by one delinquent land development loan that went on to non-accrual status in 2013. Net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $23 thousand, compared to net charge-offs of $3.9 million in the prior year.

The provision for loan losses totaled $540 thousand in 2013, compared to $2.9 million in the prior year. The ratio of loan loss reserve to loans decreased from 1.27% at December 31, 2012 to 1.12% at December 31, 2013. The decrease compared to the prior year primarily relates to a lower level of newly identified non-accrual loans, and the impact of newly acquired loans from the NorCal acquisition that were marked down to fair value and therefore did not require a corresponding allowance. The ratio of loan loss reserve to loans excluding the impact of the loans from the Acquisition would have been 1.30% at December 31, 2013.

As forecasted, the capital ratios have stayed strong after the Acquisition. The total risk-based capital ratio for Bancorp totaled 13.2% at December 31, 2013 compared to 13.7% at December 31, 2012. The ratio declined due to the addition of $10.9 million in goodwill and intangibles related to the Acquisition, which are excluded from regulatory capital. The risk-based capital ratio continues to be well above regulatory requirements for a well-capitalized institution.

Net interest income totaled $58.8 million and $63.2 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The tax-equivalent net interest margin was 4.20% in 2013 compared to 4.74% in 2012. The decrease is primarily due to lower yields on investments and new loans owing to the persistent low interest rate environment, rate concessions on existing loans

Page-25



and a lower level of income recognition on loans from our 2011 Charter Oak acquisition. As a result of the prolonged low interest rate environment and the low loan demands we expect little relief from this downward margin compression in 2014. As the loan portfolio acquired from Bank of Alameda is considered more credit-worthy than the one from Charter Oak Bank and the purchase discount was not as steep, we do not expect as significant a boost to our net interest margin from the purchase discount accretion going forward, as compared to the favorable impact of accretion on loans from Charter Oak Bank in the first few years after acquisition.

If interest rates increase, we anticipate that net interest income will rise. It may take several upward market rate movements for the variable rate loans at floors to move above the floor rates. Please see Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk for more information about the effect of interest rate increases on our net interest income.

Non-interest income totaled $8.1 million in the year ended 2013 compared to $7.1 million in the same period of 2012. The year-to-date increase of $954 thousand, or 13.4% from the prior year primarily reflects higher dividend income from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, higher Wealth Management and Trust Services fees and higher BOLI income due to a death benefit in the first quarter of 2013.

Non-interest expense totaled $44.1 million and $38.7 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in 2013 primarily reflects one-time acquisition-related expenses totaling $3.7 million and higher staffing costs as we continue to grow. We expect to incur approximately $800 thousand additional one-time expenses related to the NorCal acquisition as we continue to integrate in the beginning of 2014, with the majority relating to data processing and personnel costs.

Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies are those that are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require Management's most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Management has determined the following five accounting policies to be critical: Allowance for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans, Other-than-temporary Impairment of Investment Securities, Accounting for Income Taxes and Fair Value Measurements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Allowance for Loan Losses is based upon estimates of loan losses and is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged against earnings and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries.

In periodic evaluations of the adequacy of the allowance balance, Management considers current economic conditions, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, our past loan loss experience and other factors. The ALLL is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) reviews the adequacy of the ALLL at least quarterly. The allowance is adjusted based on that review if, in the judgment of the ALCO and Management, changes are warranted.

The overall allowance consists of 1) specific allowances for individually identified impaired loans ("ASC 310-10") and 2) general allowances for pools of loans ("ASC 450-20"), which incorporate changing qualitative and environmental factors (e.g., portfolio growth and trends, credit concentrations, economic and regulatory factors, etc.).

The first component, specific allowances, result from the analysis of identified problem credits and the evaluation of sources of repayment including collateral, as applicable. Through Management's ongoing loan grading and credit monitoring process, individual loans are identified that have conditions that indicate the borrower may be unable to pay all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms. These loans are evaluated for impairment individually by Management. Management considers an originated loan to be impaired when it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For allowance established on acquired loans, refer to Acquired Loans discussed below. When the fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the difference is recorded as impairment through the establishment of a specific

Page-26



allowance. For loans determined to be impaired, the extent of the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate at origination (for originated loans), based on the loan's observable market price, or based on the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent or if foreclosure is imminent. Generally with problem credits that are collateral-dependent, we obtain appraisals of the collateral at least annually. We may obtain appraisals more frequently if we believe the collateral value is subject to market volatility, if a specific event has occurred to the collateral, or if we believe foreclosure is imminent.

The second component is an estimate of the probable inherent losses in each loan pool with similar characteristics. Beginning with the quarter-ended September 30, 2013, Management refined the methodology for estimating general allowances in order to provide a more comprehensive evaluation of the potential risk of loss in our loan portfolio. This analysis encompasses our entire loan portfolio and excludes acquired loans where the discount has not been fully accreted. For allowance established on acquired loans, see below under Acquired Loans.

Under our allowance model, loans are evaluated on a pool basis by loan segment which is further delineated by Federal regulatory reporting codes ("call codes"). Each segment is assigned an expected loss factor which is primarily based on a twelve quarter look-back at our historical losses for that particular segment, as well as a number of other factors.

The model determines loan loss reserves based on objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include a rolling historical loss rate using a twelve quarter look-back, changes in the volume and nature of the loan portfolio, changes in credit quality metrics (past due loans, non-accrual loans, net charge-offs), and the existence of credit concentrations. Subjective factors include changes in the overall economic environment, legal and regulatory conditions, lending management and other relevant staff, uncertainties related to acquisitions, as well as the quality of our loan review process. The total amount allocated is determined by applying loss multipliers to outstanding loans by call code.

For further information regarding our ALLL methodology, including a change in methodology in 2013, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

Acquired Loans

From time to time, we acquire loans through business acquisitions. Acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition date in accordance with ASC 805 Business Combinations, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded for acquired loans as of the acquisition date.

The process of estimating fair values of the acquired loans, including the estimate of losses that are expected to be incurred over the estimated remaining lives of the loans at acquisition date and the ongoing updates to Management's expectation of future cash flows, requires significant subjective judgments and assumptions, particularly considering the economic environment. The economic environment and the lack of market liquidity and transparency are factors that have influenced, and may continue to affect, these assumptions and estimates.

We estimated the fair value of acquired loans at the acquisition date based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered factors including the type of loan and related collateral, risk classification, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Loans , except for purchased credit-impaired loans or "PCI loans", were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The estimate of expected cash flows incorporates our best estimate of current key assumptions, such as property values, default rates, loss severity and prepayment speeds. The discount rates used for loans were based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans, where available, and include adjustments for liquidity factors.

To the extent comparable market rates are not readily available, a discount rate was derived based on the assumptions of market participants' cost of funds, servicing costs and return requirements for comparable risk assets. In either case, the discount rate does not include a factor for credit losses, as that has been considered in estimating the cash flows. The initial estimate of cash flows to be collected was derived from assumptions such as default rates, loss severities and prepayment speeds.

We acquired some loans from business combinations with evidence of credit quality deterioration subsequent to their origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that we would be unable to collect all contractually required

Page-27



payments (PCI loans).  These loans are evaluated on an individual basis. Management has applied significant subjective judgment in determining which loans are PCI loans. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include data such as past due and nonaccrual status, risk grades and charge-off history. Revolving credit agreements (e.g., home equity lines of credit and revolving commercial loans) where the borrower had revolving rights at acquisition date are not considered PCI loans because the timing and amount of cash flows cannot be reasonably estimated.

The accounting guidance for PCI loans provides that the difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference and is not recorded. Furthermore, the difference between the expected cash flows and the fair value at acquisition date is accreted into interest income at a level yield of return over the remaining term of the loan, provided that the timing and amount of future cash flows is reasonably estimable.

The initial estimate of cash flows expected to be collected is updated each quarter and requires the continued usage of key assumptions and estimates similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Given the current economic environment, we apply judgment to develop our estimate of cash flows for PCI loans given the impact of collateral value changes, loan workout plans, changing probability of default, loss severities and prepayment speeds.

For purposes of accounting for the PCI loans from past business combinations, we elected not to apply the pooling method but to account for these loans individually. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full by the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the loan from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount.

All PCI loans that were classified as non-accrual loans prior to the acquisition were no longer classified as non-accrual if we believed that we would fully collect the new carrying value of these loans at acquisition. Subsequent to the acquisition, specific allowances are established to PCI loans that have experienced credit deterioration. The amount of cash flows expected to be collected and, accordingly, the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses are particularly sensitive to changes in loan credit quality. When there is doubt as to the timing and amount of future cash flows to be collected, PCI loans are classified as non-accrual loans. It is important to note that judgment is required to classify PCI loans as accruing or non-accrual, and is dependent on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be collected. If we have probable and significant increases in cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans, we first reverse any previously established specific allowance for loan loss and then increase interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loans. The impact of changes in variable interest rates is recognized prospectively as adjustments to interest income.

For acquired loans not considered PCI loans, we recognize the entire fair value discount accretion based on the acquired loan's contractual cash flows using an effective interest rate method for term loans, and on a straight line basis to interest income for revolving lines, as the timing and amount of cash flows under revolving lines are not predictable. Subsequent to acquisition, if the probable and estimable losses for non-PCI loans exceed the amount of the remaining unaccreted discount, the excess is established as an allowance for loan losses.

For further information regarding our acquired loans, see Note 2 and Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Other-than-temporary Impairment of Investment Securities

At each financial statement date, we assess whether declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their costs are deemed to be other-than-temporary. We consider, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) our intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Evidence evaluated includes, but is not limited to, the remaining payment terms of the instrument and economic factors that are relevant to the collectability of the instrument, such as: current prepayment speeds, the current financial condition of the issuer(s), industry analyst reports, credit ratings, credit default rates, interest rate trends, the quality of any credit enhancement and the value of any underlying collateral.

For each security in an unrealized loss position, we assess whether we intend to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period

Page-28



credit losses. If we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date is recognized in earnings.

For impaired securities that are not intended for sale and will not be required to be sold prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis, we determine if the impairment has a credit loss component. For held-to-maturity securities, if there is no credit loss, no further action is required. For both held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities, if the amount or timing of cash flows expected to be collected are less than those at the last reporting date, an other-than-temporary impairment shall be considered to have occurred and the credit loss component is recognized in earnings as the present value of the change in expected future cash flows. In determining the present value of the expected cash flows we discount the expected cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the security at the date of purchase. The remaining difference between the security's fair value and the amortized basis is deemed to be due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes.

The other-than-temporary impairment recognized in other comprehensive income for debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is accreted from other comprehensive income to the amortized cost of the debt security over the remaining life of the debt security in a prospective manner on the basis of the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses for securities are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Income taxes reported in the consolidated financial statements are computed based on an asset and liability approach. We recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and we recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities related to expected future tax consequences. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not that they will be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover the deferred tax assets, Management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. In projecting future taxable income, Management develops assumptions including the amount of future state and federal pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates being used to manage the underlying business. Bancorp files consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns.

We recognize the financial statement effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits and all available evidence, that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution through protests, appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, we measure the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described previously is recognized as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, along with any related interest and penalties. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of tax expenses.

In deciding whether or not our tax positions taken meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex state and federal tax laws. To the extent tax authorities disagree with tax positions taken by us, our effective tax rates could be materially affected in the period of settlement with the taxing authorities. Revision of our estimate of accrued income taxes also may result from our own income tax planning, which may affect our effective tax rates and our results of operations for any given quarter.

Page-29




Fair Value Measurements

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available-for-sale and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as purchased loans recorded at acquisition date, certain impaired loans held for investment, other real estate owned and securities held-to-maturity that are other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower-of-cost or market accounting.

When we develop our fair value measurement process, we maximize the use of observable inputs. Whenever there is no readily available market data, we use our best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial statements. For detailed information on our use of fair value measurements and our related valuation methodologies, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Highlights of the financial results are presented in the following table:
 
 For years ended December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
For the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
14,270

 
$
17,817

 
$
15,564

 
Net income per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
2.62

 
$
3.34

 
$
2.94

 
Diluted
$
2.57

 
$
3.28

 
$
2.89

 
Return on average equity
8.86

%
12.36

%
12.01

%
Return on average assets
0.96

%
1.24

%
1.16

%
Common stock dividend payout ratio
27.82

%
21.06

%
22.11

%
Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets

10.78

%
10.05

%
9.69

%
Efficiency ratio
65.97

%
55.04

%
54.62

%
  Tax equivalent net interest margin
4.20

%
4.74

%
5.13

%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At period end:
 

 
 

 
 

 
Book value per common share
$
30.78

 
$
28.17

 
$
25.40

 
Total assets
$
1,805,194

 
$
1,434,749

 
$
1,393,263

 
Total loans
$
1,269,322

 
$
1,073,952

 
$
1,031,154

 
Total deposits
$
1,587,102

 
$
1,253,289

 
$
1,202,972

 
Loan-to-deposit ratio
79.98

%
85.69

%
85.72

%
Total risk-based capital ratio - Bancorp
13.2

%
13.7

%
13.1

%
  

Page-30



SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Table 1 sets forth the quarterly results of operations for 2013 and 2012:

Table 1        Summarized Statement of Income
 
2013 Quarters Ended
 
2012 Quarters Ended
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
Dec. 31

Sept. 30

Jun. 30

Mar. 31

 
Dec. 31

Sept. 30

Jun. 30

Mar. 31

Interest income
$
16,129

$
14,471

$
14,730

$
15,230

 
$
16,298

$
15,598

$
16,937

$
16,933

Interest expense
497

429

425

434

 
507

681

656

732

Net interest income
15,632

14,042

14,305

14,796

 
15,791

14,917

16,281

16,201

     Provision for loan losses
150

(480
)
1,100

(230
)
 
700

2,100

100


Net interest income after
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   provision for loan losses
15,482

14,522

13,205

15,026

 
15,091

12,817

16,181

16,201

Non-interest income
2,063

1,953

1,944

2,106

 
1,816

1,801

1,800

1,695

Non-interest expense
13,871

10,107

10,419

9,695

 
9,582

9,592

9,685

9,835

Income before provision for income taxes
3,674

6,368

4,730

7,437

 
7,325

5,026

8,296

8,061

     Provision for income taxes
1,329

2,364

1,675

2,571

 
2,623

1,802

3,345

3,121

Net income
$
2,345

$
4,004

$
3,055

$
4,866

 
$
4,702

$
3,224

$
4,951

$
4,940

   Net income available to common stockholders
$
2,345

$
4,004

$
3,055

$
4,866

 
$
4,702

$
3,224

$
4,951

$
4,940

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Net income per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Basic
$
0.42

$
0.74

$
0.56

$
0.90

 
$
0.88

$
0.60

$
0.93

$
0.93

     Diluted
$
0.41

$
0.72

$
0.55

$
0.89

 
$
0.86

$
0.59

$
0.91

$
0.91


Page-31



Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets and the interest expense incurred on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is impacted by changes in general market interest rates and by changes in the amounts and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate changes can create fluctuations in the net interest margin due to an imbalance in the timing of repricing or maturity of assets or liabilities. We manage interest rate risk exposure with the goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate volatility on net interest margin.
 
Net interest margin is expressed as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets and the average rate incurred on total interest-bearing liabilities. Both of these measures are reported on a taxable-equivalent basis. Net interest margin is the higher of the two because it reflects interest income earned on assets funded with non-interest-bearing sources of funds, which include demand deposits and stockholders’ equity.
 
The following table, Average Statements of Condition and Analysis of Net Interest Income, compares interest income and average interest-earning assets with interest expense and average interest-bearing liabilities for the periods presented. The table also indicates net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for each period presented.


Page-32



 
Table 2 Average Statements of Condition and Analysis of Net Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended
 
Year ended
 
Year ended
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Interest
 
 
 
Interest
 
 
 
Interest
 
 
 
 
Average
Income/
Yield/
 
Average
Income/
Yield/
 
Average
Income/
Yield/
 
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
Balance
Expense
Rate
 
Balance
Expense
Rate
 
Balance
Expense
Rate
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing due from banks 1
$
47,401

$
120

0.25
%
 
$
80,643

$
214

0.26
%
 
$
87,365

$
222

0.25
%
 
 
Investment securities 2, 3
272,767

6,648

2.44
%
 
234,014

6,829

2.92
%
 
175,571

6,049

3.45
%
 
 
Loans 1, 3, 4
1,092,885

55,157

4.98
%
 
1,023,165

59,991

5.77
%
 
984,211

63,914

6.40
%
 
 
   Total interest-earning assets 1
1,413,053

61,925

4.32
%
 
1,337,822

67,034

4.93
%
 
1,247,147

70,185

5.55
%
 
 
Cash and non-interest-bearing due from banks
32,903

 
 
 
51,301

 
 
 
46,673

 
 
 
 
Bank premises and equipment, net
9,214

 
 
 
9,183

 
 
 
9,136

 
 
 
 
Interest receivable and other assets, net
38,993

 
 
 
36,155

 
 
 
34,183

 
 
 
Total assets
$
1,494,163

 
 
 
$
1,434,461

 
 
 
$
1,337,139

 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
$
97,336

$
52

0.05
%
 
$
152,778

$
151

0.10
%
 
$
125,316

$
151

0.12
%
 
 
Savings accounts
100,185

35

0.03
%
 
86,670

88

0.10
%
 
69,792

98

0.14
%
 
 
Money market accounts
437,441

419

0.10
%
 
436,281

689

0.16
%
 
405,726

1,286

0.32
%
 
 
CDARS® time accounts
5,416

8

0.15
%
 
30,016

83

0.28
%
 
39,514

237

0.60
%
 
 
Other time accounts
140,334

914

0.65
%
 
144,106

1,068

0.74
%
 
151,866

1,314

0.87
%
 
 
FHLB borrowings and overnight borrowings 1
19,054

322

1.67
%
 
16,205

345

2.09
%
 
49,722

2,062

4.15
%
5 
 
Subordinated debentures
407

35

8.57
%
 
3,552

152

4.21
%
6 
5,000

147

2.90
%
 
 
   Total interest-bearing liabilities
800,173

1,785

0.22
%
 
869,608

2,576

0.30
%
 
846,936

5,295

0.63
%
 
 
Demand accounts
518,986

 
 
 
406,861

 
 
 
347,682

 
 
 
 
Interest payable and other liabilities
13,970

 
 
 
13,881

 
 
 
12,983

 
 
 
 
Stockholders' equity
161,034

 
 
 
144,111

 
 
 
129,538

 
 
 
Total liabilities & stockholders' equity
$
1,494,163

 
 
 
$
1,434,461

 
 
 
$
1,337,139

 
 
 
Tax-equivalent net interest income/margin 1
 
$
60,140

4.20
%
 
 
$
64,458

4.74
%
 
 
$
64,890

5.13
%
 
Reported net interest income/margin 1
 
$
58,775

4.10
%
 
 
$
63,190

4.65
%
 
 
$
63,819

5.05
%
 
Tax-equivalent net interest rate spread
 

4.10
%
 
 
 
4.63
%
 
 
 
4.92
%
 
 
 
1 Interest income/expense is divided by actual number of days in the period times 360 days to correspond to stated interest rate terms, where applicable.
 
2 Yields on available-for-sale securities are calculated based on amortized cost balances rather than fair value, as changes in fair value are reflected as a component of stockholders' equity. Investment security interest is earned on 30/360 basis monthly.
 
3 Yields and interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis using the Federal statutory rate of 35 percent.
 
4 Average balances on loans outstanding include non-accrual loans. The amortized portion of net loan origination fees is included in interest income on loans, representing an adjustment to the yield.
 
5 Amount includes a $924 thousand prepayment penalty incurred on the payoff of a FHLB borrowing in 2011.
 
6 Amount includes $42 thousand accelerated amortization of debt issuance costs in the third quarter of 2012.
 

2013 compared with 2012:
 
The tax-equivalent net interest margin was 4.20% in 2013, compared to 4.74% in 2012.  The decrease of fifty-four basis points was primarily due to a lower yield on interest-earning assets, mainly relating to new loans yielding lower rates, a lower level of accretion on purchased loans, downward repricing on existing loans and lower yields on investment securities. These decreases were partially offset by a shift in the mix of interest-earning assets from lower-yielding interest-bearing due from banks towards higher-yielding loans and securities, as well as the downward repricing of deposits and the payoff of the subordinated debenture on September 17, 2012. The net interest spread decreased fifty-three basis points over the same period for the same reasons.

The average yield on interest-earning assets decreased sixty-one basis points in 2013 compared to 2012 due to the reasons listed above. The loan portfolio as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, increased to 77.3% in 2013, from 76.5% in 2012. The investment securities were 19.3% and 17.5% of average interest-earning assets in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total average interest-earning assets increased $75.2 million, or 5.6%, in 2013 compared to 2012.

Page-33




Market interest rates are, in part, based on the target Federal funds interest rate (the interest rate banks charge each other for short-term borrowings) implemented by the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee. In December of 2008, the target Fed Funds rate reached a historic low with a range of 0% to 0.25% where it remained as of December 31, 2013. The accommodative monetary policy measures taken by the FRB in recent years, including three rounds of quantitative easing, has led to a prolonged low interest rate environment. As a result, we have experienced downward pricing pressure on our interest-earning assets that negatively impacted our net interest margin and yields on our earning assets, and we expect little relief from this downward pricing pressure in 2014.

Our net interest margin fluctuations due to acquired loans were as follows:
 
Years ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
Dollar Amount
Basis point impact to net interest margin
 
Dollar Amount
Basis point impact to net interest margin
 
Dollar Amount
Basis point impact to net interest margin
Accretion on PCI loans
$
725

5 bps
 
$
1,641

12 bps
 
$
1,418

11 bps
Accretion on non-PCI loans
$
1,163

8 bps
 
$
789

6 bps
 
$
2,857

23 bps
Gains on pay-offs of PCI loans
$
469

3 bps
 
$
1,714

13 bps
 
$
1,879

15 bps

2012 Compared with 2011:
 
The tax-equivalent net interest margin was 4.74% in 2012, compared to 5.13% in 2011.  The decrease of thirty-nine basis points was primarily due to a lower yield on interest-earning assets, mainly relating to a lower level of accretion on purchased loans. This was partially offset by the reduction in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities discussed below. The net interest spread decreased twenty-nine basis points over the same period for the same reasons.

The average yield on interest-earning assets decreased sixty-two basis points in 2012 compared to 2011. The yield on the loan portfolio decreased sixty-three basis points primarily due to the lower level of accretion and gains on payoffs on purchased loans, the downward repricing and rate concessions on existing loans and securities, as well as new loans and securities boarded at lower rates. The loan portfolio as a percentage of average interest earning assets, decreased to 76.5% at December 31, 2012, from 78.9% at December 31, 2011. The overall yield on total investment securities decreased fifty-three basis points, primarily due to lower yields on recently purchased securities in this low interest rate environment, as well as the accelerated amortization of purchase premiums.

The rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased thirty-three basis points for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011, primarily due to: 1) the absence of a $924 thousand prepayment penalty on early payoff of an FHLB borrowing in September 2011, which negatively impacted the 2011 net interest margin by seven basis points; 2) maturity of another higher costing FHLB borrowing in January 2012; and 3) lower offering rates on deposits.



Page-34




Table 3        Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income

The following table analyzes the change in net interest income due to: 1) Volume-changes caused by increases or decreases in the average asset and liability balances; and 2) Yield/Rate-changes in average yields on earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities.

 
 
2013 compared to 2012
 
2012 compared to 2011
(dollars in thousands)
Volume

Yield/Rate

 
Total

1
Volume

Yield/Rate

 
Total

Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing due from banks
$
(85
)
$
(9
)
 
$
(94
)
 
$
(17
)
$
9

 
$
(8
)
 
Investment securities 2
1,037

(1,218
)
 
(181
)
 
1,705

(925
)
 
780

 
Loans 2
3,852

(8,686
)
 
(4,834
)
 
2,186

(6,109
)
 
(3,923
)
 
Total interest-earning assets
4,804

(9,913
)
 
(5,109
)
 
3,874

(7,025
)
 
(3,151
)
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
(44
)
(55
)
 
(99
)
 
27

(27
)
 

 
Savings accounts
12

(65
)
 
(53
)
 
17

(27
)
 
(10
)
 
Money market accounts
2

(272
)
 
(270
)
 
48

(645
)
 
(597
)
 
CDARS® time deposits
(48
)
(27
)
 
(75
)
 
(26
)
(128
)
 
(154
)
 
Other time accounts
(27
)
(127
)
 
(154
)
 
(58
)
(188
)
 
(246
)
 
FHLB borrowings and overnight borrowings
55

(78
)
 
(23
)
 
(700
)
(1,017
)
3 
(1,717
)
 
Subordinated debentures
(198
)
81

 
(117
)
 
(67
)
72

 
5

 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
(248
)
(543
)
 
(791
)
 
(759
)
(1,960
)
 
(2,719
)
Tax-equivalent net interest income
$
5,052

$
(9,370
)
 
$
(4,318
)
 
$
4,633

$
(5,065
)
 
$
(432
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 The changes for each category of interest income and expense are divided between the portion of change attributable to the variance in volume and the portion of change attributable to the variance in rate for that category. The unallocated change in rate or volume variance has been allocated between the rate and volume variances on a pro rata basis.
 
2 Yields and interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis using the Federal statutory rate of 35 percent.
 
3 Amount includes a $924 thousand prepayment penalty in 2011 discussed in Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements of the 2012 Annual Report.

Provision for Loan Losses
 
Management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis based on several factors including growth of the loan portfolio, analysis of probable losses in the portfolio, recent loss experience and the current economic climate.  Actual losses on loans are charged against the allowance, and the allowance is increased by loss recoveries and through the provision for loan losses charged to expense.  For further discussion, see the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies.”
 
Our provision for loan losses totaled $540 thousand in 2013, compared to $2.9 million in 2012 and $7.1 million in 2011. The decrease compared to the prior year primarily relates to a lower level of newly identified problem loans that have significant credit exposure. The 2011 provision for loan losses included $2.3 million related to loans acquired from Charter Oak Bank. The allowance for loan losses of $14.2 million totaled 1.12% of loans at December 31, 2013, compared to 1.27% at December 31, 2012. The decrease from the prior year primarily relates to loans acquired from Bank of Alameda marked down to fair value without allowances established and a continued low level of newly identified non-accrual loans. The ratio of loan loss reserve to loans excluding the impact of the acquired loans from the NorCal acquisition would have been 1.30% at December 31, 2013. Net recoveries in 2013 totaled $23 thousand compared to net charge-offs totaling $3.9 million in the prior year. See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” below for further analysis of the provision for loan losses.


Page-35



Non-interest Income
 
The table below details the components of non-interest income.
 
Years ended
 
2013 compared to 2012
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
December 31,
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
2013
2012
2011
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
Increase (Decrease)
Service charges on deposit accounts
$
2,062

$
2,130

$
1,836

 
$
(68
)
 
(3.2
)%
 
$
294

 
16.0
 %
Wealth Management and Trust Services
2,162

1,964

1,834

 
198

 
10.1
 %
 
130

 
7.1
 %
Debit card interchange fees
1,104

1,015

845

 
89

 
8.8
 %
 
170

 
20.1
 %
Merchant interchange fees
822

739

353

 
83

 
11.2
 %
 
386

 
109.3
 %
Earnings on Bank-owned life insurance
954

762

752

 
192

 
25.2
 %
 
10

 
1.3
 %
(Loss) on sale of securities
(1
)
(34
)

 
33

 
(97.1
)%
 
(34
)
 
NM

Other income
963

536

649

 
427

 
79.7
 %
 
(113
)
 
(17.4
)%
Total non-interest income
$
8,066

$
7,112

$
6,269

 
$
954

 
13.4
 %
 
$
843

 
13.4
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 Compared with 2012:

The increase in Wealth Management and Trust Services ("WMTS") income in 2013 compared to 2012 is due to the acquisition of new assets and market value appreciation of existing assets under management. The increase is also due to significant non-recurring fees earned for estate and probate administration services performed in the first quarter of 2013. Assets under management totaled approximately $335.9 million at December 31, 2013 and $285.4 million at December 31, 2012.      

Debit card interchange fees increased in 2013 when compared to the prior year primarily due to an increase in the volume of debit card usage. The increase in merchant interchange fees is primarily due to the addition of a new vendor. Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income increased in 2013 compared to 2012 due to a $228 thousand benefit realized on the death of an insured employee in the first quarter of 2013.

Other income increased when compared to the prior year primarily due to higher dividend income from the FHLB and higher credit card referral fees.

2012 Compared with 2011:

The increase in service charge income on deposit accounts in 2012 compared to 2011 was due to higher business analysis fee income, reflecting a higher number of deposit accounts and a decrease in the earnings rate credit effective early in 2012.
 
The increase in WMTS income was primarily due to the acquisition of new accounts and customer relationships, as well as the appreciation of existing assets under management. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, assets under management totaled approximately $285.4 million and $251.4 million, respectively.   

The increase in debit card interchange fees was primarily attributable to a steady increase in volume of debit card usage, as well as an increase in new accounts.

The increase in merchant interchange fees was primarily due to a change in January 2012, whereby merchant interchange-related expenses were recorded in other expense rather than net of fees. In addition, merchant interchange fees increased due to higher merchant sales volume in 2012.

The slight increase in BOLI income in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily due to additional income earned on $364 thousand in new policies purchased in February 2012.


Page-36



The decrease in other income in 2012 compared to 2011 reflects the pre-tax bargain purchase gain of $147 thousand from the 2011 acquisition of Charter Oak Bank.

Non-interest Expense
 
The table below details the components of non-interest expense. Our efficiency ratio (the ratio of non-interest expense divided by the sum of non-interest income and net interest income) totaled 65.97%, 55.04% and 54.62% in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
Years ended

 
2013 compared to 2012
2012 compared to 2011
 
December 31,
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
2013
2012
2011
Increase (Decrease)
Increase (Decrease)
Increase (Decrease)
Increase (Decrease)
Salaries and related benefits
$
21,974

$
21,139

$
20,211

$
835

4.0
 %
$
928

4.6
 %
Occupancy and equipment
4,347

4,230

4,002

117

2.8
 %
228

5.7
 %
Depreciation and amortization
1,395

1,355

1,293

40

3.0
 %
62

4.8
 %
FDIC insurance
921

917

1,000

4

0.4
 %
(83
)
(8.3
)%
Data processing
5,334

2,514

2,690

2,820

112.2
 %
(176
)
(6.5
)%
Professional services
2,985

2,340

2,499

645

27.6
 %
(159
)
(6.4
)%
Other non-interest expense
 
 
 








Advertising
490

541

589

(51
)
(9.4
)%
(48
)
(8.1
)%
  Impairment and amortization of core
      deposit intangible
69


725

69

NM

(725
)
(100
)%
    Other expense
6,577

5,658

5,274

919

16.2
 %
384

7.3
 %
Total other non-interest expense
7,136

6,199

6,588

937

15.1
 %
(389
)
(5.9
)%
Total non-interest expense
$
44,092

$
38,694

$
38,283

$
5,398

14.0
 %
$
411

1.1
 %
  
2013 Compared with 2012:

The increase in salaries and benefit expenses was mainly due to higher salaries and commissions and associated payroll taxes, as well as annual merit increases and the addition to FTE staff. These expenses were partially offset by higher capitalized and deferred loan origination costs, as our standard loan origination costs have been revised effective January 1, 2013 and applied to 2013 loan originations. The number of average FTE totaled 242 in 2013 and 233 in 2012.
 
The increase in data processing expenses in 2013 primarily reflects one-time acquisition-related expenses totaling $2.8 million in the fourth quarter, mainly relating to NorCal's core processing system contract termination and de-conversion fees.
 
Professional service expenses in 2013 increased when compared to 2012. This is primarily due to $660 thousand of professional and legal fees related to the NorCal acquisition.

The decrease in advertising expenses in 2013 was primarily due to a higher volume of production-related expenses associated with customer testimonials and marketing campaigns that took place in 2012.

The increase in other expenses when compared to 2012 primarily reflects an increase in recruitment fees, merchant card expenses and a higher provision for losses on off-balance sheet commitments, as well as increases in education and training and director expenses.

2012 Compared with 2011:

The increase in salaries and benefit expenses primarily reflects higher personnel costs associated with merit increases, new hires, higher incentive bonuses, as well as higher employee benefits. The number of average FTE totaled 233 in 2012 and 226 in 2011.


Page-37



The increase in occupancy and equipment expenses is primarily due to higher rent and common area maintenance expenses related to the expansion of our headquarters, the relocation of our San Francisco and Tiburon branches and a full year rent for our new branch in Sonoma.
 
The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses in 2012 compared to the prior year is mainly due to the addition of the Sonoma branch in late 2011.
 
The decrease in FDIC insurance in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily reflects the revision to the FDIC insurance assessment base. In February 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC approved a rule that changes the FDIC insurance assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, defined as Tier 1 capital. While the new rule expanded the assessment base, it lowered assessment rates to between 2.5 and 9 basis points on the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category. The change was effective for the second quarter of 2011. Since we have a solid core deposit base and do not rely heavily on borrowings and brokered deposits, the benefit of the lower assessment rate significantly outweighed the effect of a wider assessment base.
 
The decrease in data processing expenses primarily reflects the re-negotiation and execution of a new contract with our current data processing vendor that resulted in a reduction of our ongoing data processing expenses effective July 1, 2012, as well as the reduction in one-time expenses associated with the Charter Oak acquisition in 2011.
 
Professional service expenses in 2012 decreased when compared to 2011. This is primarily due to $451 thousand of professional costs associated with the Acquisition in 2011 that did not recur in 2012, partially offset by an increase in internal audit fees in 2012, as well as the consulting costs related to the data processing contract re-negotiation.
 
Advertising expenses decreased in 2012, primarily due to higher 2011 franchise expansion-related expenses.

We recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $725 thousand for the acquisition of Charter Oak Bank in 2011, of which $683 thousand was written-off in the fourth quarter of 2011 and $42 thousand was amortized during 2011. The write-off was primarily due to higher than anticipated runoff of the acquired deposits and a significant decline in alternative funding costs in the later half of 2011.
 
The increase in other expenses is primarily due to increases in merchant interchange-related expenses due to the reclassification to expense from income as discussed in the Non-Interest Income section above, as well as higher expenses relating to recruitment. The increases were partially offset by the 2011 write-off of certain facility and network fixed assets purchased from the FDIC related to the Acquisition settlement of Charter Oak Bank that did not recur in 2012.



Page-38



Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes totaled $7.9 million at an effective tax rate of 35.7% in 2013, compared to $10.9 million at an effective tax rate of 37.9% in 2012 and $9.2 million at an effective tax rate of 37.1% in 2011. The decrease in both the provision for income taxes and the effective tax rate from the prior year is primarily due to a lower amount of pre-tax income and higher amounts of tax-exempt earnings on investment securities, bank-owned life insurance and loans. These provisions reflect accruals for taxes at the applicable rates for federal income tax and California franchise tax based upon reported pre-tax income, and adjusted for the effects of all permanent differences between income for tax and financial reporting purposes (such as earnings on qualified municipal securities, BOLI and certain tax-exempt loans). Therefore, there are fluctuations in the effective rate from period to period based on the relationship of net permanent differences to income before tax.

Bancorp and the Bank have entered into a tax allocation agreement which provides that income taxes shall be allocated between the parties on a separate entity basis. The intent of this agreement is that each member of the consolidated group will incur no greater tax liability than it would have incurred on a stand-alone basis.

We file a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined return in the State of California tax jurisdiction. We are no longer subject to tax examinations by taxing authorities for years beginning before 2010 for U.S. Federal or before 2009 for California. There were no ongoing federal income tax examinations at the issuance of this report.

The State of California is currently examining 2011 and 2012 corporate income tax returns. At the time of issuance of this report, no assessments have been proposed by the California Franchise Tax Board in connection with the examination. Although timing of the resolution or closure of the examination is uncertain, we do not anticipate a need to establish a reserve for uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, neither the Bank nor Bancorp had accruals for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Investment Securities

We maintain an investment securities portfolio to provide liquidity and to generate earnings on funds that have not been loaned to customers. Management determines the maturities and the types of securities to be purchased based on liquidity and the desire to attain a reasonable investment yield balanced with risk exposure. Table 6 shows the composition of the debt securities portfolio by expected maturity at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. We estimate and update expected maturity dates regularly based on current and historical prepayment speeds. The weighted average maturity of the portfolio at December 31, 2013 was approximately four years.

Page-39




Table 6 Investment Securities
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
 
 
 
Weighted

 
 
 
 
Weighted

 
Principal

Amortized

Fair

Average

 
Principal

Amortized

Fair

Average

Type and Maturity Grouping
Amount

Cost1

Value

Yield2

 
Amount

Cost1

Value

Yield2

Held-to-maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and municipal
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due within 1 year
$
13,475

$
13,588

$
13,655

2.50
%
 
$
5,755

$
5,823

$
5,824

0.85
%
Due after 1 but within 5 years
48,285

50,228

51,116

3.22

 
57,415

60,435

61,065

2.63

Due after 5 but within 10 years
15,615

16,565

16,658

4.95

 
28,185

29,918

31,638

5.37

Due after 10 years




 
750

746

823

6.92

Total
77,375

80,381

81,429

3.45

 
92,105

96,922

99,350

3.39

Corporate bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due within 1 year
1,435

1,435

1,430

0.50

 




Due after 1 but within 5 years
39,986

40,679

40,999

1.68

 
41,421

42,530

42,881

1.68

Total
41,421

42,114

42,429

1.64

 
41,421

42,530

42,881

1.68

Total held-to-maturity
118,796

122,495

123,858

2.81

 
133,526

139,452

142,231

2.86

Available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS/CMOs issued by U.S. government agencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due within 1 year
544

546

549

2.88

 
4,731

4,807

4,828

2.58

Due after 1 but within 5 years
144,029

146,480

146,517

2.44

 
50,393

51,740

53,209

2.32

Due after 5 but within 10 years
43,264

44,264

43,538

2.47

 
42,787

43,941

45,205

2.56

Due after 10 years




 
8,038

8,399

8,555

3.19

Total
187,837

191,290

190,604

2.45

 
105,949

108,887

111,797

2.49

Debentures of government sponsored agencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due within 1 year
2,000

2,019

2,019

0.17

 




Due after 1 but within 5 years
9,500

9,826

9,889

1.57

 
10,000

10,462

10,690

1.51

Due after 5 but within 10 years
10,000

10,000

9,404

1.49

 
10,000

10,000

9,899

1.49

Total
21,500

21,845

21,312

1.40

 
20,000

20,462

20,589

1.50

Privately issued CMOs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due within 1 year




 
4,120

4,142

4,198

3.28

Due after 1 but within 5 years
7,966

7,599

7,835

3.45

 
11,709

11,409

11,472

3.68

Due after 5 but within 10 years
3,218

3,050

3,039

2.20

 
2,830

2,559

2,794

1.59

Due after 10 years




 
3,314

2,961

3,112

2.64

Total
11,184

10,649

10,874

3.09

 
21,973

21,071

21,576

3.18

State and municipal
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due within 1 year
2,980

3,001

3,000

1.82

 




Due after 1 but within 5 years
11,300

11,626

11,505

2.34

 




Due after 5 but within 10 years
1,365

1,321

1,266

2.90

 




Total
15,645

15,948

15,771

2.29

 




Corporate bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due within 1 year
500

502

502

0.56

 




Due after 1 but within 5 years
3,000

2,999

2,993

0.92

 




Due after 5 but within 10 years
2,000

1,925

1,942

2.38

 




Total
5,500

5,426

5,437

1.42

 




Total available-for-sale
241,666

245,158

243,998

2.35

 
147,922

150,420

153,962

2.46

Total
$
360,462

$
367,653

$
367,856

2.50
%
 
$
281,448

$
289,872

$
296,193

2.65
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Book value reflects cost, adjusted for accumulated amortization and accretion.
2 Yields on tax-exempt securities are presented on a tax-equivalent basis and weighted average calculation is based on amortized cost of securities.


Page-40



The carrying amount of our investment securities portfolio, consisting primarily of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) issued or sponsored by the U.S. government agencies, state and municipal securities and corporate bonds, increased $73.1 million or 24.9% during 2013 due to $50.9 million of securities acquired from Bank of Alameda that remained outstanding at December 31, 2013 and a conscious effort to utilize our excess liquidity from deposit inflows that has not been deployed to lending. U.S. government agency MBS or CMO securities, which make up 52.0% and 38.1% of the portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively, increased $78.9 million in 2013, as we purchased $86.4 million of MBS pass-through securities. State and municipal securities, which represented 26.2% and 33.0% of the portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively, decreased $769 thousand. See the discussion in the section captioned “Securities May Lose Value due to Credit Quality of the Issuers” in Item 1A Risk Factors above.

At December 31, 2013, we had invested $99.4 million in residential mortgage, $20.8 million in commercial mortgage pass-through securities, $67.6 million in CMOs issued by FNMA, FHLMC, or Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") and $10.9 million in privately issued CMOs. We generally invest in mortgage-backed securities with borrowers having strong credit scores and/or collateral compositions reflecting low loan-to-value ratios. Any investment securities in our portfolio that may be backed by sub-prime or Alt-A mortgages, which account for approximately 1.7% of our total security portfolio, relate to privately issued CMOs. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 and Item 1A, Risk Factors, for more information on investment securities.

At December 31, 2013, distribution of our investment in obligations of state and political subdivisions was as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
% of

 
 
 
state and municipal

(in thousands; unaudited)
Amortized Cost

Fair Value

securities

Within California:
 
 
 
 
General obligation bonds
$
23,765

$
23,858

24.6
%
 
Revenue bonds
19,721

19,672

20.5
%
 
Tax allocation bonds
9,114

8,902

9.5
%
Total in California
52,600

52,432

54.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
Outside California:
 
 
 
 
General obligation bonds
30,490

31,819

31.7
%
 
Revenue bonds
13,239

12,949

13.7
%
Total Outside California
43,729

44,768

45.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
Total obligations of state and political subdivisions
$
96,329

$
97,200

100.0
%

The portion of the portfolio outside the state of California is distributed among 18 states. The largest concentrations are in Illinois (8.2%), Ohio (4.8%) and Michigan (3.6%). Revenue bonds, both within and outside California, primarily consisted of bonds relating to essential services (such as roads and utilities) and school district bonds.

Investments in states, municipalities and political subdivisions are subject to an initial pre-purchase credit assessment and ongoing monitoring. Key considerations include:

The soundness of a municipality’s budgetary position and stability of its tax revenues;
Debt profile and level of unfunded liabilities, diversity of revenue sources, taxing authority of the issuer;
Local demographics/economics including unemployment data, largest local employers, income indices and home values;
For revenue bonds, the source and strength of revenue for municipal authorities including obligor’s financial condition and reserve levels, annual debt service and debt coverage ratio, and credit enhancement (such as insurer’s strength);
Credit ratings by major credit rating agencies.

Page-41




There are six California tax allocation bonds totaling $3.1 million in amortized cost and $3.0 million in fair value for which Moody’s credit ratings diverge from the internal assessment. In June 2012, Moody’s Investor Service downgraded to Ba1 all uninsured California redevelopment agency tax allocation bonds (“RDA”s) that were rated Baa3 or higher. The downgrade to Ba1 was prompted by the increased risk of default resulting from the state's dissolution of all redevelopment agencies. The downgrade was based on the potential risk that new laws governing "successor" agencies (Assembly bills 26 and 1484) might further reduce credit quality, and uncertainty as to whether there was sufficient information available to assess the credit quality of tax allocation bonds. In 2013, certain ratings of RDAs were withdrawn by Moody’s. Internal research shows the dispute between the California State Department of Finance and certain successor agencies regarding funds on hand required for payment of debt service, has been successfully resolved in the successor agencies’ favor by the State Superior Court. In addition, the California State Department of Finance is in the process of approving refinancing requests from the successor agencies. Debt coverage ratios and assessed property value trends indicate that Moody’s rating downgrade/withdrawal is not necessarily reflective of the issuers’ credit profiles.

In addition, bonds issued by Commonwealth of Puerto Rico totaling $2.2 million in both amortized cost and fair value are rated Baa1 by Moody’s. Since the bonds have been called at par values, they are deemed to pose negligible credit risk.

As a member bank of Visa U.S.A., we hold 16,939 shares of Visa Inc. Class B common stock at a zero cost basis. These shares are restricted from resale until their conversion into Class A (voting) shares upon the termination of Visa Inc.'s covered litigation escrow account pending the final resolution of the Visa Inc. covered litigation. The fair value of the Class B common stock we own was $1.6 million as of December 31, 2013 based on the Class A as-converted rate of 0.4206.     

Loans

Table 7 Loans Outstanding by Type at December 31

(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

Commercial loans
$
183,291

$
176,431

$
175,790

$
153,836

$
164,643

Real estate
 
 
 
 
 
  Commercial owner-occupied
241,113

196,406

174,705

142,590

146,133

  Commercial investor
625,019

509,006

446,425

383,553

332,752

  Construction
31,577

30,665

51,957

77,619

91,289

  Home equity
98,469

93,237

98,043

86,932

83,977

  Other residential 1
72,634

49,432

61,502

69,991

69,369

Installment and other consumer loans
17,219

18,775

22,732

26,879

29,585

Total loans
1,269,322

1,073,952

1,031,154

941,400

917,748

Allowance for loan losses
(14,224
)
(13,661
)
(14,639
)
(12,392
)
(10,618
)
Total net loans
$
1,255,098

$
1,060,291

$
1,016,515

$
929,008

$
907,130

 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Our residential loan portfolio includes no sub-prime loans, nor is it our normal practice to underwrite loans commonly referred to as "Alt-A mortgages", the characteristics of which are loans lacking full documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores or collateral compositions reflecting high loan-to-value ratios. However, substantially all of our residential loans are indexed to Treasury Constant Maturity Rates and have provisions to reset five years after their origination dates.

$18.1 million of the 2013 commercial loan growth resulted from loans purchased in the Acquisition. The increase from the Acquisition was offset by the resolution or reduction of several large problem loans as well as pay-downs. As a result, commercial loans increased $6.9 million in 2013, compared to an increase of $641 thousand in 2012. Although line of credit commitments increased by $21.0 million in 2013, reduced utilization by our commercial borrowers resulted in essentially no corresponding growth in loans outstanding.

Commercial real estate loans increased $160.7 million in 2013 and $84.3 million in 2012. Of the commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2013, 72% are non-owner occupied and 28% are owner occupied. $106.3 million of the 2013 commercial real estate loans represented loans purchased in the Acquisition. Our commercial real estate loan

Page-42



portfolio is weighted towards term loans for which the primary source of repayment is cash flow from net operating income of the real estate property. Originated loans are subject to our conservative credit underwriting standards and both the acquired and originated loans are actively managed. The following table summarizes our commercial real estate loan portfolio by the geographic location in which the property is located as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Table 8 Commercial Real Estate Loans Outstanding by Geographic Location
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
Amount
% of Commercial real estate loans

 
Amount
% of Commercial real estate loans

Marin
$
306,574

35.4
%
 
$
269,946

38.3
%
Sonoma
137,776

15.9

 
126,852

18.0

San Francisco
103,142

11.9

 
93,689

13.3

Alameda
109,262

12.6

 
42,989

6.1

Contra Costa
27,785

3.2

 
9,542

1.4

Napa
62,071

7.2

 
55,391

7.8

Sacramento
18,153

2.1

 
9,787

1.4

Other
101,369

11.7

 
97,216

13.7

Total
$
866,132

100.0
%
 
$
705,412

100.0
%

Construction loans increased $912 thousand in 2013 and decreased $21.3 million in 2012. We acquired $5.7 million of construction loans from Bank of Alameda in 2013, partially offset by payoffs of construction loans through the normal course of business, as well as $2.9 million in pay downs of problem land loans. Although the Bank's construction loan commitments increased $19.0 million in 2013, a number of the projects are in their initial stages and therefore had minimal draws as of December 31, 2013. The decrease in 2012 was primarily due to a slow-down in construction activity, the successful completion and sell-through of construction development projects booked in previous years, as well as a conscious effort to reduce our concentration in construction loans. Table 9 below shows an analysis of construction loans by type and location.


Page-43



Table 9 Construction Loans Outstanding by Type and Geographic Location
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Construction loans by type
Amount

% of Construction Loans

 
Amount

% of Construction Loans

1-4 Single family residential
$
13,148

41.7
%
 
$
5,824

19.0
%
Apartments and multifamily
1,555

4.9

 


Commercial real estate
5,004

15.8

 
6,112

19.9

Land - improved
10,355

32.8

 
16,840

54.9

Land - unimproved
1,515

4.8

 
1,889

6.2

Residence - secondary


 


Tenants-in-common development


 


Total
$
31,577

100.0
%
 
$
30,665

100.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction loans by geographic location
Amount

% of Construction Loans

 
Amount

% of Construction Loans

Marin
$
6,502

20.6
%
 
$
2,533

8.2
%
Sonoma
3,754

11.9

 
3,959

12.9

San Francisco
13,803

43.7

 
17,311

56.5

Alameda
2,404

7.6

 
735

2.4

Contra Costa
17

0.1

 


Napa
92

0.3

 
169

0.6

Riverside
3,528

11.2

 
5,230

17.0

Other
1,477

4.6

 
728

2.4

Total
$
31,577

100.0
%
 
$
30,665

100.0
%

Home equity lines of credit increased $5.2 million to $98.5 million and other residential real estate loans increased $23.2 million to $72.6 million in 2013, primarily due to loans purchased in the Acquisition.

Approximately 86% and 85% of our outstanding loans are secured by real estate at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, approximately 2% of our commercial real estate loans, 16% of our construction loans and 4% of our residential real estate loans contain an interest-only feature as part of the loan terms. Approximately 49% of the interest-only commercial real estate loans and all of the interest-only construction and residential real estate loans are considered to have low credit risk (graded “Pass”) and are current with their payments. Also see Item 1A, Risk Factors, regarding our loan concentration risk. As of December 31, 2013, approximately $9.9 million of our loans have interest reserves, all of which are construction loans. When we determine a loan is impaired before the interest reserve has been depleted, the interest funded by the interest reserve is applied against loan principal. As of December 31, 2013, no construction loans having interest reserve balances were determined to be impaired.

Variable-rate loans at their established interest rate floors or ceilings are included as fixed-rate loans in the following table. Table 10 shows that the mix of variable-rate loans to fixed-rate loans in 2013 remains consistent when compared to 2012. The mix of loans acquired from Bank of Alameda includes 16% variable-rate loans, compared to 9% of our originated loans. The large majority of the variable-rate loans are tied to independent indices (such as the Wall Street Journal prime rate or a Treasury Constant Maturity Rate). Most loans with an original term of more than five years have provisions for the fixed rates to reset, or convert to a variable rate, after one, three or five years.


Page-44



Table 10 Loan Portfolio Maturity Distribution and Interest Rate Sensitivity

 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Fixed
Variable
 
 
 
Fixed
Variable
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Rate
Rate
Total
Percent
 
Rate
Rate
Total
Percent
Due within 1 year
$
117,808

$
82,476

$
200,284

15.8
%
 
$
128,496

$
76,213

$
204,709

19.1
%
Due after 1 but within 5 years
245,429

31,372

276,801

21.8

 
201,833

25,655

227,488

21.2

Due after 5 years
782,600

9,637

792,237

62.4

 
641,755


641,755

59.7

Total
$
1,145,837

$
123,485

$
1,269,322

100.0
%
 
$
972,084

$
101,868

$
1,073,952

100.0
%
Percentage
90.3
%
9.7
%
100.0
%
 
 
90.5
%
9.5
%
100.0
%
 

Allowance for Loan Losses

Credit risk is inherent in the business of lending. As a result, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio through a provision for loan losses charged against earnings. All specifically identifiable and quantifiable losses are charged off against the allowance. The balance of our allowance for loan losses is Management's best estimate of the remaining probable losses inherent in the portfolio. The ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the real estate market, changes in interest rates and economic and political environments. Based on the current conditions of the loan portfolio, Management believes that the $14.2 million allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013 is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. No assurance can be given, however, that adverse economic conditions or other circumstances will not result in increased losses in the portfolio.

The Components of the Allowance for Loan Losses

As stated previously in “Critical Accounting Policies,” and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this report, the overall allowance consists of specific allowances for individually identified impaired loans and general allowances for pools of loans, which incorporate changing qualitative and environmental factors (e.g., portfolio growth and trends, credit concentrations, economic and regulatory factors, etc.).

The first component, specific allowances, results from the analysis of identified problem credits and the evaluation of sources of repayment including collateral, as applicable. PCI loans are considered impaired when they experience credit deterioration, i.e. the amount of cash flows expected to be collected decreases. For loans determined to be impaired, the extent of the impairment is measured 1) based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate at origination for originated loans (or discounted at the effective yield for PCI loans); 2) based on the loan's observable market price; or 3) based on the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally with problem credits that are collateral-dependent, we obtain appraisals of the collateral at least annually and evaluate quarterly. Impaired loan balances decreased from $30.3 million at December 31, 2012 to $25.7 million at December 31, 2013. The decrease is primarily the result of one non-accrual commercial real estate loan that paid off and one non-accrual commercial loan that paid down in 2013. The specific allowance decreased from $2.4 million at December 31, 2012 to $2.0 million at December 31, 2013. The decrease in the specific allowance primarily relates to two commercial real estate loans that paid off in 2013.

The second component, the general allowance, is an estimate of the probable inherent losses in each loan pool stratified by major segments or loans with similar characteristics in our loan portfolio. The total amount allocated for the second component is determined by applying loss estimation factors to outstanding loan types. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance allocated for the second component by categories of credits totaled $12.2 million and $11.3 million, respectively. As discussed in Note 1 and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, starting on September 30, 2013, Management refined the methodology for estimating general allowances in order to provide a more comprehensive evaluation of the potential credit risk inherent in our loan portfolio. Based on objective factors of historical charge-off experience, the allocated allowance amounted to $3.1 million at December 31, 2013. In addition, $8.7 million of allowance was allocated based on qualitative factors such as: changes in the volume and nature of the loan portfolio, changes in credit quality metrics (past due loans, non-accrual loans, net charge-offs), and the existence of credit concentrations. Subjective factors include changes in the overall economic environment, legal and regulatory conditions, lending management and other relevant staff, uncertainties related to acquisitions, as well as the quality

Page-45



of our loan review process. The total amount allocated is determined by applying loan loss reserves based on these objective and subjective factors to outstanding loans by call codes.

Table 11 shows the allocation of the allowance by loan type as well as the percentage of total loans in each of the same loan types.

Table 11 Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 
December 31, 2013
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
December 31, 2009
 
 
 
Loans as

 
 
Loans as

 
 
Loans as

 
 
Loans as

 
 
Loans as

 
Allowance

percent

 
Allowance

percent

 
Allowance

percent

 
Allowance

percent

 
Allowance

percent

 
balance

of total

 
balance

of total

 
balance

of total

 
balance

of total

 
balance

of total

(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
allocation

loans

 
allocation

loans

 
allocation

loans

 
allocation

loans

 
allocation

loans

Commercial loans
$
3,056

14.4
%
 
$
4,100

16.4
%
 
$
4,334

17.1
%
 
$
3,114

16.3
%
 
$
2,544

17.9
%
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial, owner-occupied
2,012

19.0

 
1,313

18.3

 
1,305

16.9

 
1,037

15.2

 
1,006

15.9

Commercial, investor
6,196

49.2

 
4,372

47.4

 
3,710

43.3

 
4,134

40.7

 
3,000

36.3

Construction
633

2.5

 
611

2.9

 
1,505

5.0

 
1,694

8.3

 
1,832

9.9

Home Equity
875

7.8

 
1,264

8.7

 
1,444

9.5

 
643

9.2

 
586

9.2

Other residential
317

5.7

 
551

4.6

 
940

6.0

 
738

7.4

 
734

7.6

Installment and other consumer
629

1.4

 
1,231

1.7

 
1,182

2.2

 
835

2.9

 
662

3.2

Unallocated allowance
506

 N/A

 
219

 N/A

 
219

 N/A

 
197

 N/A

 
254

 N/A

Total allowance for loan losses
$
14,224

 
 
$
13,661

 
 
$
14,639

 
 
$
12,392

 
 
$
10,618

 
Total percent
 
100.0
%
 
 
100.0
%
 
 
100.0
%
 
 
100.0
%
 
 
100.0
%

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans totaled 1.12% at December 31, 2013, compared to 1.27% at December 31, 2012. The decrease in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans primarily relates to loans acquired from Bank of Alameda marked down to fair value without allowances established and a continued low level of newly identified non-accrual loans. The ratio of loan loss reserve to loans excluding the impact of the acquired loans from the NorCal acquisition would have been 1.30% at December 31, 2013.

Table 12 shows the activity in the allowance for loan losses for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2013. Net recoveries totaled $23 thousand in 2013, compared to net charge-offs of $3.9 million in 2012. Charge-offs in 2012 primarily relate to $2.2 million of charge-offs related to one commercial real estate borrowing relationship based on an updated appraisal of the collateral. The 2011 net charge-offs stemmed primarily from unsecured commercial loans, as well as commercial loans secured by real estate where the property values declined. The percentage of net charge-offs to average loans was 0.00% in 2013, compared to 0.38% in 2012 and 0.49% in 2011, reflecting the factors discussed above.


Page-46



Table 12 Allowance for Loan Losses at December 31

(dollars in thousands)
2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

Beginning balance
$
13,661

$
14,639

$
12,392

$
10,618

$
9,950

Provision for loan losses
540

2,900

7,050

5,350

5,510

Loans charged off
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
(672
)
(892
)
(3,306
)
(643
)
(1,552
)
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
(156
)
(2,595
)
(113
)
(47
)
(9
)
Construction
(62
)
(373
)
(473
)
(2,628
)
(3,046
)
Home equity
(176
)
(382
)
(554
)
(150
)
(96
)
Other residential

(196
)



Installment and other consumer
(88
)
(122
)
(456
)
(318
)
(659
)
Total
(1,154
)
(4,560
)
(4,902
)
(3,786
)
(5,362
)
Loan loss recoveries
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
1,021

541

57

95

52

Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
124

5

4



Construction
1

122

9

95

397

Home equity
10

12

13



Other residential





Installment and other consumer
21

2

16

20

71

Total
1,177

682

99

210

520

Net loans recovered (charged-off)
23

(3,878
)
(4,803
)
(3,576
)
(4,842
)
Ending balance
$
14,224

$
13,661

$
14,639

$
12,392

$
10,618

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans outstanding at end of year, before deducting allowance for loan losses
$
1,269,322

$
1,073,952

$
1,031,154

$
941,400

$
917,748

 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total loans outstanding during year
$
1,092,885

$
1,023,165

$
984,211

$
929,755

$
910,456

 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year
1.12
 %
1.27
%
1.42
%
1.32
%
1.16
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs to average loans
 %
0.38
%
0.49
%
0.38
%
0.53
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to net (recoveries) charge-offs
(61,843.5
)%
352.3
%
304.8
%
346.5
%
219.3
%

Non-performing assets for each of the past five years are presented below. The decrease in non-accrual loans from 2012 to 2013 primarily reflects one commercial real estate loan that paid off in 2013 and pay downs on various commercial real estate and commercial loans, partially offset by one delinquent land development loan that went on to non-accrual status in 2013. The increase in non-accrual loans from 2011 to 2012 primarily reflects: 1) one borrowing relationship where the collateral was in the process of gradual liquidation and 2) a commercial real estate loan that was written down to the appraised value of the collateral in 2012. The increase in impaired loans from 2011 to 2012 was also due to new troubled debt restructurings in 2012. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans increased from 77.4% at December 31, 2012 to 121.8% at December 31, 2013.


Page-47



Table 13     Non-performing Assets at December 31

(dollars in thousands)
2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

Non-accrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
1,187

$
4,893

$
2,955

$
2,486

$
910

Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial, owner-occupied
1,403

1,403

2,033

632

3,722

Commercial, investor
2,807

6,843

741



Construction
5,218

2,239

3,014

9,297

6,520

Home equity line of credit
234

545

766


100

Other residential
660

1,196

1,942

148


Installment and other consumer
169

533

519

362

313

Total non-accrual loans
11,678

17,652

11,970

12,925

11,565

Other real estate owned
461





Repossessed personal properties

35

25

135

96

Total non-performing assets
$
12,139

$
17,687

$
11,995

$
13,060

$
11,661

 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing restructured loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
4,514

$
4,577

$
2,741

$

$
49

Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial, owner-occupied
534





Commercial, investor
2,930





Construction
1,516

1,929

290



Home Equity
272

648

279

259


Other residential
1,403

2,116

1,464



Installment and other consumer
1,693

1,515

1,552

925

566

Total accruing restructured loans
12,862

10,785

6,326

1,184

615

 
 
 
 
 
 
Accreting impaired PCI loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate 1
1,155

1,866

1,710



Commercial 1


139



Total accreting impaired PCI loans
1,155

1,866

1,849



 
 
 
 
 
 
Total impaired loans
$
25,695

$
30,303

$
20,145

$
14,109

$
12,180

 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans at period end
121.8
%
77.4
%
122.3
%
95.9
%
91.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-accrual loans to total loans
0.92
%
1.64
%
1.16
%
1.37
%
1.26
%

1 The expected cash flows on these PCI loans declined post-Acquisition, yet continue to accrete interest based on the revised expected cash flows.

Troubled debt restructured loans, whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner which grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties, totaled $20.6 million and $18.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. For more information, refer to Note 4 under “Troubled Debt Restructuring”.


Page-48



Other Assets

BOLI totaled $27.8 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $22.7 million at December 31, 2012, and is recorded in other assets. The increase in BOLI primarily relates to $3.2 million in BOLI policies acquired from the NorCal acquisition and $1.4 million in BOLI policies purchased in 2013.

Other assets also included net deferred tax assets of $13.9 million and $6.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These deferred tax assets consist primarily of tax benefits expected to be realized in future periods related to temporary differences of net operating loss carryforwards, allowance for loan losses, fair value adjustments on acquired loans, deferred compensation, and accrued but unpaid expenses. The increase in deferred tax assets primarily relates to $5.1 million in deferred assets associated with net operating loss carryforwards from the NorCal acquisition and $3.2 million in deferred asset related to fair value adjustments on acquired loans. Management believes these deferred tax assets to be realizable due to our consistent record of earnings and the expectation that earnings will continue at a level adequate to realize such benefits. Therefore, no valuation allowance has been established as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.

In addition, we held $7.8 million and $6.0 million of FHLB stock recorded at cost in other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The FHLB paid $258.5 thousand and $52 thousand in cash dividends in 2013 and 2012, respectively. On February 20, 2014, FHLB declared a cash dividend for the fourth quarter of 2013 at an annualized dividend rate of 6.67%. Other assets as of December 31, 2013 also included goodwill of $6.4 million and a core deposit intangible asset, net of amortization, totaling $4.5 million from the NorCal acquisition.

Deposits

Deposits, which are used to fund our interest earning assets, increased $333.8 million, or 26.6%, in 2013. The increase in deposits over the prior year reflects $245.5 million in acquired deposits from Bank of Alameda outstanding at December 31, 2013, as well as organic growth in many deposit categories, except for CDARS®, which we have been de-emphasizing. No individual customer accounted for more than 5% of deposits. The shift in balances from interest bearing transaction to non-interest bearing transaction accounts is primarily due to an inflow of non-interest bearing deposits and a strategic product change which discontinued interest on one type of consumer account in the first quarter of 2013, resulting in a reclassification of the accounts from interest-bearing transaction to non-interest bearing accounts totaling $85.1 million at December 31, 2013.

Table 14 shows the relative composition of our average deposits for the years 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Table 14 Distribution of Average Deposits    

 
 
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
     Amount

Percent

 
     Amount

Percent

 
     Amount

Percent

Non-interest bearing
$
518,986

39.9
%
 
$
406,861

32.4
%
 
$
347,682

30.5
%
Interest bearing transaction
97,336

7.5

 
152,778

12.1

 
125,316

11.0

Savings
100,185

7.7

 
86,670

6.9

 
69,792

6.1

Money market
437,441

33.7

 
436,281

34.7

 
405,726

35.6

CDARS®
5,416

0.4

 
30,016

2.4

 
39,514

3.5

Other Time deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than $100,000
38,089

2.9

 
50,533

4.0

 
46,686

4.1

$100,000 or more
102,245

7.9

 
93,573

7.5

 
105,180

9.2

      Total other time deposits
140,334

10.8

 
144,106

11.5

 
151,866

13.3

Total Average Deposits
$
1,299,698

100.0
%
 
$
1,256,712

100.0
%
 
$
1,139,896

100.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Page-49



Table 15 below shows the maturity groupings for time deposits of $100,000 or more, including CDARS® deposits at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Table 15 Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31

 
    December 31,
(dollars in thousands; unaudited)
2013

2012

2011

Three months or less
$
22,485

$
33,783

$
66,999

Over three months through six months
19,022

17,557

23,704

Over six months through twelve months
22,578

20,708

28,913

Over twelve months
47,584

42,636

31,982

Total
$
111,669

$
114,684

$
151,598


Borrowings

As of December 31, 2013, we had $416.3 million in secured lines of credit with FHLB, $24.4 million with Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) and $87.0 million in unsecured lines with correspondent banks to cover any short or long-term borrowing needs. As of December 31, 2013, we had one FHLB fixed-rate advance outstanding totaling $15 million, leaving $401.3 million available borrowing capacity with FHLB. The FRBSF and correspondent bank lines were not utilized at December 31, 2013. For additional information, see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

As part of the NorCal acquisition, we assumed two subordinated debentures due to the NorCal Community Bancorp grantor trusts at fair values totaling $5.0 million at acquisition date and contractual values totaling $8.2 million. For additional information on our subordinated debentures, see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Deferred Compensation Obligations

We maintain a non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for certain key management personnel. Under this plan, participating employees may defer compensation, which will entitle them to receive certain payments for up to fifteen years commencing upon retirement, death, disability or termination of employment. The participating employee may elect to receive payments over periods not to exceed fifteen years. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, our aggregate payment obligations under this plan totaled $2.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

We established a Salary Continuation Plan on January 1, 2011. The plan was to provide a percentage of salary continuation benefits to a select group of executive Management upon retirement at age sixty-five and reduced benefits upon early retirement.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, our liability under the Salary Continuation Plan was $493 thousand and $326 thousand, respectively, and is recorded in interest payable and other liabilities. This Plan is unfunded and non-qualified for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

For additional information, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.



Page-50



Off Balance Sheet Arrangements and Commitments

We make commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. For additional information, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The following is a summary of our contractual commitments as of December 31, 2013.

Table 16 Contractual Commitments at December 31, 2013

 
Payments due by period
(in thousands; unaudited)
<1 year

1-3 years

4-5 years

>5 years

Total

Operating leases
$
3,524

$
7,229

$
7,389

$
10,078

$
28,220

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
 ---

 ---

15,000


15,000

Subordinated debentures



8,248

8,248

Total
$
3,524

$
7,229

$
22,389

$
10,078

$
51,468


The contractual amount of loan commitments not reflected on the consolidated statement of condition was $336.9 million and $250.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As permitted or required under California law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, we have certain obligations to indemnify our current and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. These indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, we have a director and officer insurance policy that mitigates our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As we believe the possibility of potential claims to be remote and any amounts under the indemnifications would be covered by the insurance policy, we have not recorded an indemnification obligation.

Capital Adequacy

As discussed in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Bank's capital ratios are above regulatory guidelines to be considered "well capitalized" and Bancorp's ratios exceed the required minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes. The Bank's total risk-based capital ratio decreased from 13.6% at December 31, 2012 to 12.6% at December 31, 2013, primarily due to growth in total risk-weighted assets, driven mainly by increases in the loan portfolio and investment securities from the Acquisition, partially offset by the accumulation of net income of the Bank in 2013 of $15.2 million. Bancorp's total risk-based capital ratio decreased from 13.7% at December 31, 2012 to 13.2% at December 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in risk-weighted assets associated with the Acquisition, partially offset by the accumulation of net income of $14.3 million in 2013 (net of $4.0 million in dividends paid to stockholders) and the assumption of subordinated debentures from NorCal that qualify as Tier one capital.

We expect to maintain strong capital levels. Our potential sources of capital include future earnings and shares issued upon the exercise of stock options. In addition, the warrant to purchase 156,134 shares of our common stock remains outstanding. The warrant, if exercised, would provide us $4.2 million additional Tier one capital.


Page-51



Liquidity
 
The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet both loan demand and unexpected deposit withdrawals. We accomplish this goal by maintaining an appropriate level of liquid assets, and formal lines of credit with the FHLB, FRB and correspondent banks that enable us to borrow funds as needed. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which is comprised of certain directors of the Bank, is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies.
 
Management regularly adjusts our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of expected loan demand, expected deposit flows, yields available on interest-earning securities and the objectives of our asset/liability management program. ALCO has also developed a contingency plan should liquidity drop unexpectedly below internal requirements.
 
We obtain funds from the repayment and maturity of loans as well as deposit inflows, investment security maturities and pay-downs, Federal funds purchases, FHLB advances, and other borrowings.  Our primary uses of funds are the origination of loans, the purchase of investment securities, withdrawals of deposits, maturity of certificate of deposits, repayment of borrowings and dividends to common stockholders.
 
We attract and retain new deposits, which depends upon the variety and effectiveness of our customer account products, service and convenience, and rates paid to customers, as well as our financial strength. Any long-term decline in retail deposit funding would adversely impact our liquidity. We have secured borrowing capacity through the FHLB and FRB that can be drawn upon. Management anticipates our current strong liquidity position and core deposit base will provide adequate liquidity to fund our operations. If we were to rely on Federal funds purchased or FHLB advances in the future, adequate collateral has been posted for such funding requirements.
 
As presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows, the sources of liquidity vary between periods. Our cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2013 totaled $103.8 million, an increase of $75.4 million from December 31, 2012. The primary uses of funds were $86.4 million in investment securities purchases, $23.1 million of loan originations, net of principal collections, and $1.4 million in bank owned life insurance. The primary sources of funds during 2013 included a $92.8 million increase in net deposits, $59.3 million in pay-downs, maturities and sales of investment securities, $15.8 million cash acquired, net of cash paid, from the Acquisition, and $21.2 million in net cash provided by operating activities.
 
At December 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents and unpledged available-for-sale securities with estimated maturities within one year totaled $111.2 million. The remainder of the unpledged available-for-sale securities portfolio of $221.2 million provides additional liquidity. These liquid assets equaled 18.4% of our assets at December 31, 2013, compared to 12.7% at December 31, 2012.

We anticipate that cash and cash equivalents on hand and other sources of funds will provide adequate liquidity for our operating, investing and financing needs and our regulatory liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future. Management monitors our liquidity position daily, balancing loan funding/payments with changes in deposit activity and overnight investments. Our emphasis on local deposits combined with our well capitalized equity position, provides a very stable funding base. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, we have substantial additional borrowing capacity including unsecured lines of credit totaling $87.0 million with correspondent banks.  Further, we have pledged a certain residential loan portfolio to secure our borrowing capacity with the FRB, which totaled $24.4 million at December 31, 2013.  As of December 31, 2013, there is no debt outstanding to correspondent banks or the FRB. We are also a member of the FHLB and have a line of credit (secured under terms of a blanket collateral agreement by a pledge of essentially all of our unencumbered financial assets) in the amount of $416.3 million, of which $401.3 million was available at December 31, 2013. Borrowings under the line are limited to eligible collateral. The interest rates on overnight borrowings with both correspondent banks and the FHLB are determined daily and generally approximate the Federal Funds target rate.
 
Undisbursed loan commitments, which are not reflected on the consolidated statements of condition, totaled $336.9 million at December 31, 2013 at varying rates. This amount included $173.9 million under commercial lines of credit (these commitments are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards), $104.8 million under revolving home equity lines, $33.4 million under undisbursed construction loans, $13.0 million under standby letters of credit and a remaining $11.7 million under personal and other lines of credit. These commitments, to the extent

Page-52



used, are expected to be funded primarily through the repayment of existing loans, deposit growth and existing balance sheet liquidity. Over the next twelve months $100.4 million of time deposits will mature. We expect these funds to be replaced with new deposits.
 
Since Bancorp is a holding company and does not conduct regular banking operations, its primary sources of liquidity are dividends from the Bank. Under the California Financial Code, payment of a dividend from the Bank to Bancorp without advance regulatory approval is restricted to the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings or the amount of the Bank’s undistributed net profits from the previous three fiscal years. The primary uses of funds for Bancorp are shareholder dividends and ordinary operating expenses.  Bancorp held $8.7 million of cash at December 31, 2013. These funds are deemed sufficient to cover Bancorp's operational needs and cash dividends to shareholders for the next twelve months. Management anticipates that there will be sufficient earnings at the Bank level to provide dividends to Bancorp to meet its funding requirements for the foreseeable future.

ITEM 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
 
Market risk is defined as the risk of loss arising from an adverse change in the market value of financial instruments caused by fluctuations in market prices or rates. Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. The risk is inherent in our investment, borrowing, lending and deposit gathering activities. Management, together with ALCO, has sought to manage rate sensitivity and maturities of assets and liabilities to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. Additionally, interest rate risk exposure is managed with the goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate volatility on our net interest margin. Interest rate changes can create fluctuations in the net interest margin due to an imbalance in the timing of repricing or maturity of assets or liabilities.
 
Sensitivity of net interest income (“NII”) and capital to interest rate changes results from differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. To mitigate interest rate risk, the structure of the Consolidated Statement of Condition is managed with the objective of correlating the movements of interest rates on loans and investments with those of deposits and borrowings. The asset and liability policy sets limits on the acceptable amount of change to NII and capital in changing interest rate environments. We use simulation models to forecast NII.
 
From time to time, we enter into certain interest rate swap contracts designated as fair value hedges to mitigate the changes in the fair value of specified long-term fixed-rate loans and firm commitments to enter into long-term fixed-rate loans caused by changes in interest rates. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
 
Exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed at least quarterly by the ALCO and the Board of Directors. Simulation models are used to measure interest rate risk and to develop ways to improve profitability. A simplified statement of condition is prepared on a quarterly basis as a starting point, using as inputs, actual loans, investments, borrowings and deposits. If potential changes to net equity value and net interest income resulting from hypothetical interest changes are not within the limits established by the Board of Directors, Management may adjust the asset and liability mix to bring interest rate risk within approved limits.
 
Since 2008, there have been no changes in the Federal funds target rate, which has been kept at an historic low level of 0-0.25%. The Bank currently has low interest rate risk and is asset sensitive (net interest margin positioned to increase if rates go up). The Bank is more asset sensitive than at December 31, 2012, primarily because interest-rate-sensitive short-term liquidity increased. If market rates rise, we expect asset sensitivity to increase as most of our loans with interest rates on floors will start to float again as loans reprice and net interest income increases. We have mitigated our interest rate sensitivity to a certain extent through the procurement of a fixed-rate borrowing from the FHLB and interest rate swaps.

Based on our most recent simulation, Net Interest Income is positioned to increase by 4% in year 1 given an immediate 200 basis points increase in interest rates. For modeling purposes, the likelihood of a decrease in interest rates beyond 25 basis points as of December 31, 2013 was considered to be remote given prevailing low interest rate levels. The Bank's net interest margin is expected to decline somewhat in a flat rate environment as maturing/repricing loans and securities are reinvested at today's lower rates. In addition, market rates for loans have been falling under pressure from competition. The interest rate risk is within policy guidelines established by ALCO and the Board of Directors.


Page-53



The following table estimates the impact of interest rate changes as measured against a flat rate scenario.
Table 17
Effect of Interest Rate Change on Net Interest Income at December 31, 2013





Changes in Interest Rates (in basis points)
Estimated Change in NII (as percent of NII)

up 400
8.1%

up 300
6.0%

up 200
4.1%

up 100
2.3%

As stated previously in the section captioned "Supervision and Regulation" in Item 1 Business of this report, the Dodd-Frank Act repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on business demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transactions and other accounts beginning July 21, 2011. We have not incurred significant interest expense on business transaction accounts since the legislation took effect in July 2011. If we were to pay interest on certain deposits that are currently non-interest bearing, causing these deposits to become rate sensitive in the future, we would become less asset sensitive than the model currently indicates.

Interest rate sensitivity is a function of the repricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities. The bank runs a combination of scenarios and sensitivities in its attempt to capture the range of interest rate risk. As with any simulation model or other method of measuring interest rate risk, certain limitations are inherent in the process. For example, although certain of our assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or repricing time frames, they may react differently to changes in market interest rates. In addition, the changes in interest rates on certain categories of either our assets or liabilities may precede or lag changes in market interest rates. Further, the actual rates and timing of prepayments on loans and investment securities could vary significantly from the assumptions applied in the various scenarios. Lastly, changes in U.S. Treasury rates accompanied by a change in the shape of the yield curve could produce different results from those presented in the table. Accordingly, the results presented should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results in the event of changing market interest rates.


Page-54



ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Bank of Marin Bancorp

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Bank of Marin Bancorp and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's Management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by Management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of Management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Bank of Marin Bancorp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Bank of Marin Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

/s/ Moss Adams LLP
Stockton, California
March 14, 2014

Page-55




504 Redwood Blvd, Suite 100
Novato, CA 94947


March 14, 2014

To the Stockholders:

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations

Management of the Bank of Marin Bancorp and its subsidiary (”Bancorp”) is responsible for preparing the Bancorp's annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of regulatory financial statements, and for complying with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations pertaining to insider loans and dividend restrictions. Bancorp's internal control contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

Management has assessed Bancorp's internal control over financial reporting encompassing both financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and those prepared for regulatory reporting purposes as of December 31, 2013. The assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, Management believes that, as of December 31, 2013, Bancorp maintained effective internal control over financial reporting encompassing both financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and those prepared for regulatory reporting purposes in all material respects. Management also believes that Bancorp complied with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations pertaining to insider loans and dividend restrictions during 2013.

Management's assessment of the effectiveness of Bancorp's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by Moss Adams LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which expresses an unqualified opinion as stated in their report which appears on the previous page.




/s/ Russell A. Colombo     
Russell A. Colombo, President and Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Tani Girton     
Tani Girton, EVP and Chief Financial Officer


Page-56



BANK OF MARIN BANCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION 
at December 31, 2013 and 2012
 
At December 31,
(in thousands, except share data)
2013
 
2012
Assets
 

 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
103,773

 
$
28,349

Investment securities
 

 
 

Held to maturity, at amortized cost
122,495

 
139,452

Available for sale (at fair value; amortized cost $245,158 and
   $150,420 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)
243,998

 
153,962

Total investment securities
366,493

 
293,414

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $14,224 and $13,661 at
       December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
1,255,098

 
1,060,291

Bank premises and equipment, net
9,110

 
9,344

Interest receivable and other assets
70,720

 
43,351

Total assets
$
1,805,194

 
$
1,434,749

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 

 
 

Liabilities
 

 
 

Deposits
 

 
 

Non-interest bearing
$
648,191

 
389,722

Interest bearing
 

 


Transaction accounts
137,748

 
169,647

Savings accounts
118,770

 
93,404

Money market accounts
520,525

 
443,742

CDARS® time accounts
400

 
15,718

Other time accounts
161,468

 
141,056

Total deposits
1,587,102

 
1,253,289

Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") borrowings
15,000

 
15,000

Subordinated debentures
4,969

 

Interest payable and other liabilities
17,236

 
14,668

Total liabilities
1,624,307

 
1,282,957

 
 
 
 
Stockholders' Equity
 

 
 

Preferred stock, no par value,
Authorized - 5,000,000 shares, none issued

 

Common stock, no par value,
   Authorized - 15,000,000 shares;
   Issued and outstanding - 5,877,524 and 5,389,210 at
      December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
80,095

 
58,573

Retained earnings
101,464

 
91,164

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net
(672
)
 
2,055

Total stockholders' equity
180,887

 
151,792

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
1,805,194

 
$
1,434,749


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page-57



BANK OF MARIN BANCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
 
Years ended December 31,
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Interest income
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans
$
54,408

 
$
59,403

 
$
63,479

Interest on investment securities
 

 
 

 
 
Securities of U.S. government agencies
2,573

 
3,195

 
3,478

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
2,214

 
1,789

 
1,299

Corporate debt securities and other
1,245

 
1,165

 
636

Interest on Federal funds sold and short-term investments
120

 
214

 
222

Total interest income
60,560

 
65,766

 
69,114

Interest expense
 

 
 

 
 
Interest on interest bearing transaction accounts
52

 
151

 
151

Interest on savings accounts
35

 
88

 
98

Interest on money market accounts
419

 
689

 
1,286

Interest on CDARS® time accounts
8

 
83

 
237

Interest on other time accounts
914

 
1,068

 
1,314

Interest on FHLB and overnight borrowings
322

 
345

 
2,062

Interest on subordinated debentures
35

 
152

 
147

Total interest expense
1,785

 
2,576

 
5,295

Net interest income
58,775

 
63,190

 
63,819

Provision for loan losses
540

 
2,900

 
7,050

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
58,235

 
60,290

 
56,769

Non-interest income
 

 
 

 
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
2,062

 
2,130

 
1,836

Wealth Management and Trust Services
2,162

 
1,964

 
1,834

Debit card interchange fees
1,104

 
1,015

 
845

Merchant interchange fees
822

 
739

 
353

Earnings on Bank-owned life insurance
954

 
762

 
752

Loss on sale of securities
(1
)
 
(34
)
 

Other income
963

 
536

 
649

Total non-interest income
8,066

 
7,112

 
6,269

Non-interest expense
 

 
 

 
 
Salaries and related benefits
21,974

 
21,139

 
20,211

Occupancy and equipment
4,347

 
4,230

 
4,002

Depreciation and amortization
1,395

 
1,355

 
1,293

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance
921

 
917

 
1,000

Data processing
5,334

 
2,514

 
2,690

Professional services
2,985

 
2,340

 
2,499

Other expense
7,136

 
6,199

 
6,588

Total non-interest expense
44,092

 
38,694

 
38,283

Income before provision for income taxes
22,209

 
28,708

 
24,755

Provision for income taxes
7,939

 
10,891

 
9,191

Net income
$
14,270

 
$
17,817

 
$
15,564

Net income per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
2.62

 
$
3.34

 
$
2.94

Diluted
$
2.57

 
$
3.28

 
$
2.89

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
5,457

 
5,341

 
5,302

Diluted
5,558

 
5,438

 
5,384

Dividends declared per common share
$
0.73

 
$
0.70

 
$
0.65

Comprehensive income


 


 
 
Net income
$
14,270

 
$
17,817

 
$
15,564

Other comprehensive (loss) income


 


 


Change in net unrealized gain on available for sale securities
(4,720
)
 
752

 
90

Reclassification adjustment for loss on sale of securities included in net income
18

 
34

 

Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale securities, before tax
(4,702
)
 
786

 
90

Deferred tax (benefit) expense
(1,975
)
 
330

 
37

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(2,727
)
 
456

 
53

Comprehensive income
$
11,543

 
$
18,273

 
$
15,617


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page-58



BANK OF MARIN BANCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands)
Common Stock
 
Retained
Earnings

 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss),
Net of Taxes

 
 Total

Shares

 
Amount

 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2010
5,290,082

 
$
55,383

 
$
64,991

 
$
1,546

 
$
121,920

Net income

 

 
15,564

 

 
15,564

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 
53

 
53

Stock options exercised
34,913

 
741

 

 


 
741

Excess tax benefit - stock-based compensation

 
120

 

 

 
120

Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan
982

 
33

 

 

 
33

Restricted stock granted
5,675

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock forfeited / cancelled
(315
)
 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation - stock options

 
234

 

 

 
234

Stock-based compensation - restricted stock

 
143

 

 

 
143

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

 
(3,457
)
 

 
(3,457
)
Stock issued in payment of director fees
5,590

 
200

 

 

 
200

Balance at December 31, 2011
5,336,927

 
$
56,854

 
$
77,098

 
$
1,599

 
$
135,551

Net income

 

 
17,817

 

 
17,817

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 
456

 
456

Stock options exercised
37,563

 
1,041

 

 

 
1,041

Excess tax benefit - stock-based compensation

 
42

 

 

 
42

Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan
700

 
25

 

 

 
25

Restricted stock granted
9,030

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock forfeited / cancelled
(380
)
 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation - stock options

 
206

 

 

 
206

Stock-based compensation - restricted stock

 
202

 

 

 
202

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

 
(3,751
)
 

 
(3,751
)
Stock purchased by directors under director stock plan
100

 
4

 

 

 
4

Stock issued in payment of director fees
5,270

 
199

 

 

 
199

Balance at December 31, 2012
5,389,210

 
$
58,573

 
$
91,164

 
$
2,055

 
$
151,792

Net income

 

 
14,270

 

 
14,270

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 
(2,727
)
 
(2,727
)
Stock options exercised
71,237

 
2,218

 

 

 
2,218

Excess tax benefit - stock-based compensation

 
125

 

 

 
125

Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan
870

 
34

 

 

 
34

Restricted stock granted
11,850

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock forfeited
(3,998
)
 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation - stock options

 
175

 

 

 
175

Stock-based compensation - restricted stock

 
228

 

 

 
228

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

 
(3,970
)
 

 
(3,970
)
Stock purchased by directors under director
stock plan
160

 
6

 

 

 
6

Stock issued in payment of director fees
5,619

 
222

 

 

 
222

Stock issued to NorCal Community
Bancorp shareholders
402,576

 
18,514

 

 

 
18,514

Balance at December 31, 2013
5,877,524

 
$
80,095

 
$
101,464

 
$
(672
)
 
$
180,887


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page-59



BANK OF MARIN BANCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
 
Years ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
14,270

 
$
17,817

 
$
15,564

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided  by operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Provision for loan losses
540

 
2,900

 
7,050

Compensation expense--common stock for director fees
215

 
209

 
200

Stock-based compensation expense
403

 
408

 
377

Excess tax benefits from exercised stock options
(96
)
 
(29
)
 
(99
)
Amortization and impairment write-off of core deposit intangible
69

 

 
725

Amortization of investment security premiums, net of accretion of discounts
3,004

 
2,332

 
1,385

Accretion of discount on acquired loans
(1,871
)
 
(2,430
)
 
(4,275
)
Accretion of discount on subordinated debentures
19

 

 

Decrease in deferred loan origination fees, net
(793
)
 
(831
)
 
(1,200
)
Net loss on sale of security transactions
1

 
34

 

Depreciation and amortization
1,395

 
1,355

 
1,293

Loss on disposal of premises and equipment

 
20

 
117

Bargain purchase gain on acquisition, net of tax

 

 
(85
)
(Gain) loss on sale of repossessed assets
(43
)
 
14

 
(10
)
Earnings on bank owned life insurance policies
(954
)
 
(762
)
 
(752
)
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 

 

Interest receivable
(694
)
 
(435
)
 
(431
)
Interest payable
28

 
(156
)
 
(33
)
Deferred rent and other rent-related expenses
338

 
331

 
236

Other assets
299

 
555

 
1,051

Other liabilities
5,071

 
(526
)
 
1,268

Total adjustments
6,931

 
2,989

 
6,817

Net cash provided by operating activities
21,201

 
20,806

 
22,381

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

 
18

Purchase of securities held to maturity

 
(87,290
)
 
(26,804
)
Purchase of securities available for sale
(86,372
)
 
(73,405
)
 
(92,686
)
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale
7,973

 
2,186

 

Proceeds from sale of securities held to maturity
6,442

 

 

Proceeds from paydowns/maturities of securities held to maturity
8,570

 
6,458

 
1,755

Proceeds from paydowns/maturities of securities available for sale
36,332

 
51,899

 
68,251

Loans originated and principal collected, net
(23,087
)
 
(43,169
)
 
(25,182
)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance policies
(1,421
)
 
(364
)
 
(2,500
)
Purchase of premises and equipment
(958
)
 
(1,221
)
 
(2,472
)
Proceeds from sale of repossessed assets
270

 
41

 
421

Cash acquired from acquisitions, net of cash paid
15,785

 

 
44,042

(Purchase) redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
(420
)
 

 
219

Cash paid for low income housing investment
(62
)
 

 

Net cash used in investing activities
(36,948
)
 
(144,865
)
 
(34,938
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Net increase in deposits
92,787

 
50,317

 
93,152

Proceeds from stock options exercised
2,218

 
1,041

 
741

Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 
(20,000
)
 
(33,500
)
Repayment of subordinated debenture

 
(5,000
)
 

Cash dividends paid on common stock
(3,970
)
 
(3,751
)
 
(3,457
)
Stock issued under employee and director stock purchase plans
40

 
29

 
33

Excess tax benefits from exercised stock options
96

 
29

 
99

Net cash provided by financing activities
91,171

 
22,665

 
57,068

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
75,424

 
(101,394
)
 
44,511

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
28,349

 
129,743

 
85,232

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
103,773

 
$
28,349

 
$
129,743

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid in interest
$
1,740

 
2,732

 
5,328

Cash paid in income taxes
$
9,239

 
$
11,421

 
$
9,159

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Change in unrealized gain on available-for- sale securities
$
(4,702
)

$
786

 
$
90

Loans transferred to repossessed assets
$
192

 
$
65

 
$
301

Stock issued in payment of director fees
$
222

 
$
199

 
$
200

Acquisitions:
 

 
 

 
 

Fair value of assets acquired
$
280,917

 
$

 
$
107,763

Fair value of liabilities assumed
$
246,384

 
$

 
$
107,678

Stock issued to NorCal Community Bancorp shareholders
$
18,514

 
$

 
$


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page-60



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Introductory Explanation
 
References in this report to “Bancorp” mean the Bank of Marin Bancorp as the parent holding company for Bank of Marin, the wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Bank”). References to “we,” “our,” “us” mean the holding company and the Bank that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes.
 
Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bank of Marin Bancorp (“Bancorp”), a bank holding company, and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Bank of Marin (the “Bank”, a California state-chartered commercial bank). All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. In the opinion of Management, the consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows. All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. We have evaluated subsequent events through the date of filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and have determined that there are no subsequent events that require additional recognition or disclosure.

On November 29, 2013, we completed the merger of NorCal Community Bancorp ("NorCal"), parent company of Bank of Alameda, to enhance our market presence (the “Acquisition”). On the date of acquisition, Bancorp assumed ownership of NorCal Community Bancorp Trusts I and II, respectively (the "Trusts"), which were formed for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. Bancorp is not considered the primary beneficiary of the Trusts (variable interest entities), therefore the Trusts are not consolidated in our consolidated financial statements, but rather the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability on our consolidated statements of condition. Bancorp's investment in the common stock of the Trusts is accounted for under the equity method and is included in interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated statements of condition.

Nature of Operations: Bancorp, headquartered in Novato, CA, conducts business primarily through its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, which provides a wide range of financial services to customers, who are predominantly professionals, small and middle-market businesses, and individuals who work and/or reside in Marin, Sonoma, Napa, San Francisco and Alameda counties. Besides the headquarters office in Novato, CA, the Bank operates ten branches in Marin County, one in Napa County, one in San Francisco, five in Sonoma County and four in Alameda County. Our accounting and reporting policies conform to generally accepted accounting principles, general practice, and regulatory guidance within the banking industry. A summary of our significant policies follows.

Cash and Cash Equivalents include cash, due from banks, Federal funds sold and other short-term investments with maturity less than three months at the time of origination.

Investment Securities are classified as "held to maturity," "trading securities" or "available for sale." Investments classified as held-to-maturity are those that we have the ability and intent to hold until maturity and are reported at cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Investments held for resale in anticipation of short-term market movements are classified as trading securities and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Investments that are neither held-to-maturity nor trading are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses for available-for-sale securities, net of related tax, are reported as a separate component of comprehensive income and included in stockholders' equity until realized. For discussion of our methodology in determining fair value, see Note 10.

At each financial statement date, Management assesses whether declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their costs are deemed to be other-than-temporary. Management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) our intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Evidence evaluated includes, but is not limited to, the remaining payment terms of the instrument and economic factors that are relevant to the collectability of the instrument, such as: current prepayment speeds, the current financial condition of the issuer(s), industry analyst reports, credit ratings, credit default rates, interest rate trends, the quality of any credit enhancement and the value of any underlying collateral.


Page-61



For each security in an unrealized loss position, we assess whether we intend to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit losses. If we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date is recognized in earnings.

For impaired securities that are not intended for sale and will not be required to be sold prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis, we determine if the impairment has a credit loss component. For held-to-maturity securities, if there is no credit loss, no further action is required. For both held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities, if the amount or timing of cash flows expected to be collected are less than those at the last reporting date, an other-than-temporary impairment shall be considered to have occurred and the credit loss component is recognized in earnings as the present value of the change in expected future cash flows. In determining the present value of the expected cash flows we discount the expected cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the security at the date of purchase. The remaining difference between the security's fair value and the amortized basis is deemed to be due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes.

The other-than-temporary impairment recognized in other comprehensive income for debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is accreted from other comprehensive income to the amortized cost of the debt security over the remaining life of the debt security in a prospective manner on the basis of the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses for securities are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Originated Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding net of deferred fees, charge-offs and the allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”). Interest income is accrued daily using the simple interest method. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when Management believes that there is doubt as to the collection of principal or interest, generally when they become contractually past due by ninety days or more with respect to principal or interest, except for loans that are well-secured and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, any accrued but uncollected interest is reversed from current-period interest income and interest income is recorded only after the loan is brought current or after all principal and past due interest has been collected. For loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner which grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties (“troubled debt restructuring”), they are returned to accrual status when there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally, six consecutive monthly payments) according to the modified terms and there is reasonable assurance of repayment and of performance.

Loan origination fees and commitment fees, offset by certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and amortized as yield adjustments over the contractual lives of the related loans.

Loan Charge-Off Policy: For all loans types excluding overdraft accounts, we generally make a charge-off determination at or before 90 days past due. A collateral-dependent loan is partially charged down to the fair value of collateral securing it if: (1) it is deemed uncollectable; or (2) it has been classified as a loss by either our internal loan review process or external examiners. A non-collateral-dependent loan is partially charged down to its net realizable value under the same circumstances. Additionally, unless the obligation is both well-secured and in the process of collection, any closed-end loan that exceeds 120 days past due and any open-end loan that exceeds 180 days past due is charged-off.  For overdraft accounts, we generally charge them off when they exceeds 60 days past due.

Allowance for Loan Losses is based upon estimates of loan losses and is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged against earnings and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries.

In periodic evaluations of the adequacy of the allowance balance, Management considers current economic conditions, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, our past loan loss experience and other factors. The ALLL is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) reviews

Page-62



the adequacy of the ALLL at least quarterly. The allowance is adjusted based on that review if, in the judgment of the ALCO and Management, changes are warranted.

The overall allowance consists of 1) specific allowances for individually identified impaired loans ("ASC 310-10") and 2) general allowances for pools of loans ("ASC 450-20"), which incorporate changing qualitative and environmental factors (e.g., portfolio growth and trends, credit concentrations, economic and regulatory factors, etc.).

The first component, specific allowances, result from the analysis of identified problem credits and the evaluation of sources of repayment including collateral, as applicable. Through Management's ongoing loan grading and credit monitoring process, individual loans are identified that have conditions that indicate the borrower may be unable to pay all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms. These loans are evaluated for impairment individually by Management. Management considers an originated loan to be impaired when it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For allowance established on acquired loans, refer to Acquired Loans discussed below. When the fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the difference is recorded as impairment through the establishment of a specific allowance. For loans determined to be impaired, the extent of the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate at origination (for originated loans), based on the loan's observable market price, or based on the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent or if foreclosure is imminent. Generally with problem credits that are collateral-dependent, we obtain appraisals of the collateral at least annually. We may obtain appraisals more frequently if we believe the collateral value is subject to market volatility, if a specific event has occurred to the collateral, or if we believe foreclosure is imminent.

The second component is an estimate of the probable inherent losses in each loan pool with similar characteristics. Beginning with the quarter-ended September 30, 2013, Management refined the methodology for estimating general allowances in order to provide a more comprehensive evaluation of the potential risk of loss in our loan portfolio. This analysis encompasses our entire loan portfolio and excludes acquired loans where the discount has not been fully accreted. For allowance established on acquired loans, see below under Acquired Loans.

Under our allowance model, loans are evaluated on a pool basis by loan segment which is further delineated by Federal regulatory reporting codes ("call codes"). Each segment is assigned an expected loss factor which is based on a number of objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include a rolling historical loss rate using a twelve quarter look-back, changes in the volume and nature of the loan portfolio, changes in credit quality metrics (past due loans, non-accrual loans, net charge-offs), and the existence of credit concentrations. Subjective factors include changes in the overall economic environment, legal and regulatory conditions, lending management and other relevant staff, uncertainties related to acquisitions, as well as the quality of our loan review process. The total amount allocated is determined by applying loss multipliers to outstanding loans by call code.

For further information regarding our ALLL methodology, including a change in methodology in 2013, see Note 4.

Acquired Loans: From time to time, we acquire loans through business acquisitions. Acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition date in accordance with ASC 805 Business Combinations, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded for acquired loans as of the acquisition date.

The process of estimating fair values of the acquired loans, including the estimate of losses that are expected to be incurred over the estimated remaining lives of the loans at acquisition date and the ongoing updates to Management's expectation of future cash flows, requires significant subjective judgments and assumptions, particularly considering the economic environment. The economic environment and the lack of market liquidity and transparency are factors that have influenced, and may continue to affect, these assumptions and estimates.

We estimated the fair value of acquired loans at the acquisition date based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered factors including the type of loan and related collateral, risk classification, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Loans, except for purchased credit-impaired loans or "PCI loans", were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The estimate of expected cash flows incorporates our best estimate of key assumptions, such as property values, default rates, loss severity and prepayment speeds. The discount

Page-63



rates used for loans were based on current market rates for new originations of comparable loans, where available, and include adjustments for liquidity concerns.

To the extent comparable market rates are not readily available, a discount rate was derived based on the assumptions of market participants' cost of funds, servicing costs and return requirements for comparable risk assets. In either case, the discount rate does not include a factor for credit losses, as that has been considered in estimating the cash flows. The initial estimate of cash flows to be collected was derived from assumptions such as default rates, loss severities and prepayment speeds.

We acquired some loans from business combinations with evidence of credit quality deterioration subsequent to their origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that we would be unable to collect all contractually required payments (PCI loans). These loans are evaluated on an individual basis. Management has applied significant subjective judgment in determining which loans are PCI loans. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include data such as past due and nonaccrual status, risk grades and recent loan-to-value percentages. Revolving credit agreements (e.g., home equity lines of credit and revolving commercial loans) where the borrower had revolving privileges at acquisition date are not considered PCI loans because the timing and amount of cash flows cannot be reasonably estimated.

The accounting guidance for PCI loans provides that the difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference and is not recorded. Furthermore, the difference between the expected cash flows and the fair value at acquisition date is accreted into interest income at a level yield of return over the remaining term of the loan, provided that the timing and amount of future cash flows is reasonably estimable.

The initial estimate of cash flows expected to be collected is updated each quarter and requires the continued usage of key assumptions and estimates similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Given the current economic environment, we apply judgment to develop our estimate of cash flows for PCI loans given the impact of real estate value changes, changing probability of default, loss severities and prepayment speeds.

For purposes of accounting for the PCI loans from past business combinations, we elected not to apply the pooling method but to account for these loans individually. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full by the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the loan from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount.

All PCI loans that were classified as non-accrual loans prior to the acquisition were no longer classified as non-accrual if we believed that we would fully collect the new carrying value of these loans at acquisition. Subsequent to the acquisition, specific allowances are established for PCI loans that have experienced subsequent credit deterioration. The amount of cash flows expected to be collected and, accordingly, the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses are particularly sensitive to changes in loan credit quality. When there is doubt as to the timing and amount of future cash flows to be collected, PCI loans are classified as non-accrual loans. It is important to note that judgment is required to classify PCI loans as accruing or non-accrual, and is dependent on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be collected. If we have probable and significant increases in cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans, we first reverse any previously established specific allowance for loan loss and then increase interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loans. The impact of changes in variable interest rates is recognized prospectively as adjustments to interest income.

For acquired loans not considered PCI loans, we recognize the entire fair value discount accretion based on the acquired loan's contractual cash flows using an effective interest rate method for term loans, and on a straight line basis to interest income for revolving lines, as the timing and amount of cash flows under revolving lines are not predictable. Subsequent to acquisition, if the probable and estimable losses for non-PCI loans exceed the amount of the remaining unaccreted discount, the excess is established as an allowance for loan losses.

For further information regarding our acquired loans, see Note 2 and Note 4.

Transfers of Financial Assets: We have entered into certain participation agreements with other organizations. We account for these transfers of financial assets as sales when control over the transferred financial assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated

Page-64



from us, (2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets (or beneficial interests) it received, free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right, and (3) we do not maintain effective control over the transferred financial assets or third-party beneficial interests related to those transferred assets. No gain or loss has been recognized by us on the sale of these participation interests through December 31, 2013.

Premises and Equipment consist of leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, software and equipment and are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which are calculated on a straight-line basis. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over eight years and equipment is generally depreciated over three to twenty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful lives or the terms of the leases. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO"): OREO is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure. OREO is recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell, establishing a new cost basis, and are subsequently accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Losses recognized at the time of acquiring property in full or partial satisfaction of debt are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Fair value is generally based on an independent appraisal of the property. Revenues and expenses associated with OREO, and subsequent adjustments to the fair value of the property and to the estimated costs of disposal, are realized and reported as a component of non-interest expense when incurred.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”): We recognize compensation cost of the ESOP contribution when funds become committed for the purchase of Bancorp's common shares into the ESOP in the year in which the employees render service entitling them to the contribution. If we contribute stock, the compensation cost is the fair value of the shares when they are committed to be released, i.e. when the number of shares becomes known. During 2013 and 2012, the Bank only made cash contributions to the ESOP without leveraging.

Income Taxes reported in the consolidated financial statements are computed based on an asset and liability approach. We recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences that have been recognized in the financial statement or tax returns. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on the provisions of enacted tax laws. Bancorp files consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns.

Earnings per share (“EPS”) are based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The following table shows: 1) weighted average basic shares, 2) potential common shares related to stock options, unvested restricted stock and stock warrant, and 3) weighted average diluted shares. Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding unvested restricted stock. Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The number of potential common shares included in quarterly diluted EPS is computed using the average market prices during the three months included in the reporting period under the treasury stock method. The number of potential common shares included in year-to-date diluted EPS is a year-to-date weighted average of potential common shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation. We have two forms of our outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common shareholders and they both share equally in undistributed earnings.


Page-65



(in thousands, except per share data)
 
2013

2012

2011

Weighted average basic shares outstanding
 
5,457

5,341

5,302

Add: Potential common shares related to stock options
 
44

47

41

Potential common shares related to unvested restricted stock awards
 
4

5

4

Potential common shares related to warrants
 
53

45

37

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
 
5,558

5,438

5,384

 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
14,270

$
17,817

$
15,564

Basic EPS
 
$
2.62

$
3.34

$
2.94

Diluted EPS
 
$
2.57

$
3.28

$
2.89

 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average anti-dilutive shares not included in the calculation of diluted EPS
 
49

50

70


Share-Based Compensation: All share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, including stock options and restricted stock, are recognized as stock-based compensation expense in the statements of comprehensive income based on the grant-date fair value of the award with a corresponding increase in common stock. The grant-date fair value of the award is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The stock-based compensation expense excludes stock grants to directors as compensation for their services, which are recognized as director expenses separately based on the grant-date value of the stock. See Note 9 for further discussion.

We determine fair value of stock options at grant date using the Black-Scholes pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date, the exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate over the expected life of the option. The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the stock-based award and stock price volatility. The assumptions used represent Management's best estimates based on historical information, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, the recorded stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different from that recorded in the consolidated financial statements. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rates. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from the estimate, the share-based compensation expense could be materially different. Fair value of restricted stock is based on the stock price on grant date.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
Fair Value Hedges: All of our interest rate swap contracts are designated and qualified as fair value hedges. We apply shortcut hedge accounting for one of our interest rate swap contracts, as it is structured to mirror all of the provisions of the hedged loan agreement. This interest rate swap is carried on the consolidated statements of condition at its fair value in other assets (when the fair value is positive) or in other liabilities (when the fair value is negative). The change in the fair value of the interest rate swap is recorded in other non-interest income. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, the hedged fixed-rate loan also gains or loses value. The unrealized gain or loss resulting from the change in fair value of the hedged-loan is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged loan and offset in other non-interest income. Under shortcut hedge accounting treatment, the change in fair value of the interest rate swap is deemed perfectly offset by the change in fair value of the hedged loan, resulting in zero impact to net income.

The eight remaining interest rate swap contracts are accounted for using non-shortcut hedge accounting treatment. The interest rate swaps are closely aligned to the terms of the designated fixed-rate loans. The hedging relationships are tested for effectiveness on a quarterly basis. The interest rate swaps are carried on the consolidated statements of condition at their fair value in other assets (when the fair value is positive) or in other liabilities (when the fair value is negative). The changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps are recorded in interest income. The unrealized gains or losses due to changes in fair value of the hedged fixed-rate loans are recorded as an adjustment to the hedged loans and offset in interest income. For derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master

Page-66



netting arrangement, we do not offset fair value amounts of interest rate swaps in liability position with the ones in asset position. For further detail, see Note 15.

Advertising Costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, advertising costs totaled $490 thousand, $541 thousand, and $589 thousand, respectively.
    
Comprehensive Income for Bancorp includes net income reported on the statements of comprehensive income and changes in the fair value of investment securities available-for-sale, net of related taxes, reported on the statements of comprehensive income and as a component of stockholders' equity.

Segment Information: Our two operating segments include the traditional community banking activities provided through our branch network and our Wealth Management and Trust Services (“WMTS”). The activities of these two segments are monitored and reported by Management as separate operating segments. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in this note. We evaluate segment performance based on total segment revenue and do not allocate expenses between the segments. WMTS revenues were $2.2 million, $2.0 million and $1.8 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which are included in non-interest income in the statements of comprehensive income. Non-interest expenses applicable to WMTS totaled $1.5 million, $1.4 million and $1.3 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Income tax applicable to WMTS totaled $220 thousand, $200 thousand and $184 thousand in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which resulted in after-tax income of $394 thousand, $327 thousand and $312 thousand in those respective periods. The revenues of the community banking segment are reflected in all other income lines in the consolidated statements of income.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the consolidated financial statements include ALLL, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, estimated cash flows on PCI loans, accounting for income taxes and fair value measurements (including fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities at acquisition dates) as discussed in the Notes herein.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-11 Balance Sheet (Topic 210) Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The ASU enhances disclosures in order to improve the comparability of offsetting (netting) assets and liabilities reported in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) by requiring entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statements of condition and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement.

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01 Balance Sheet (Topic 210) Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which clarifies that ordinary trade receivables and receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2011-11. It further clarifies that the scope of ASU No. 2011-11 applies to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria contained in FASB Accounting Standards Codification® or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. Both ASU 2011-11 and ASU 2013-01 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. We adopted these ASUs in the first quarter of 2013. This ASU affects presentation only and therefore there is no financial statement impact on our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 15.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The ASU requires entities to present separately by component reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. An entity is required to disclose in the notes of the financial statements or parenthetically on the face of the financial statements the effect of significant items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items of net income, but only if the item reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety. ASU 2013-02 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012 for public entities. We adopted this ASU

Page-67



in the first quarter of 2013. This ASU affects presentation only and therefore there is no financial statement impact on our financial condition or results of operations. See the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405) Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date. The ASU requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date. Entities are required to record the amount the entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors at the reporting date. Examples of obligations within the scope of this guidance include debt arrangements, other contractual obligations, settled litigation and judicial rulings. ASU 2013-04 is effective retrospectively to all periods presented for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013 for public entities. We do not expect this ASU to have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-10, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedging Accounting Purposes.
The ASU provides for the inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate or also referred to as the Overnight Index Swap Rate ("OIS") as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government ("UST") and London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). The ASU is a result of the financial crisis in 2008, as the exposure to and the demand for hedging the Fund Funds rate have increased significantly. ASU 2013-10 is effective prospectively for qualifying new or re-designated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. We do not expect this ASU to have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740) Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The ASU requires that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward except as follows. To the extent that a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position, or the tax law does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purposes, then the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a liability.
ASU 2013-11 is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013 for public entities. We do not expect this ASU to have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01, Investments-Equity and Joint Ventures (Topic 323) Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Projects. This ASU permits entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, the initial cost of the investment is amortized in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and the net investment performance is recognized in the income statement as part of income tax expense (benefit). We plan on adopting this ASU starting in 2014 and elect to account for all low income housing investments using the proportional amortization method instead of cost method. The change in accounting policy will not have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40) Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. Current accounting literature on troubled debt restructurings include guidance on when a creditor obtains one or more collateral assets in satisfaction of all or part of the receivable. The accounting literature indicates that a creditor should reclassify a collateralized mortgage loan such that the loan should be de-recognized and the collateral asset recognized when it is determined that there has been in substance a repossession or foreclosure by the creditor. However, in substance a repossession or foreclosure and physical possession are not currently defined and there is diversity about when a creditor should de-recognize the loan receivable and recognize the real estate property. This ASU clarifies when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs. ASU 2014-04 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014 for public entities. We do not expect this ASU to have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations.


Page-68



Note 2: Acquisition
 
On February 18, 2011, we entered into a modified whole-bank purchase and assumption agreement without loss share (the “P&A Agreement”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the receiver of Charter Oak Bank of Napa, California. We purchased $107.8 million in assets and assumed $107.7 million in liabilities from the former Charter Oak Bank to enhance our market presence. The P&A Agreement only covered designated assets and liabilities of Charter Oak Bank. Common stock of Charter Oak Bank, certain assets and certain liabilities, such as claims against any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other person employed by the former Charter Oak Bank, were not purchased or assumed by us. We recorded an $85 thousand bargain purchase gain which represents the excess of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired over the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed.

On November 29, 2013, we completed the merger of NorCal, parent company of Bank of Alameda, to enhance our market presence. The merger added 173.8 million in loans, $241.0 million in deposits and $53.7 million in investment securities to Bank of Marin as well as four branch offices serving Alameda, Emeryville, and Oakland. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their fair values as of the acquisition date in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. These fair value estimates are subject to change for up to one year after the acquisition date as additional information relative to acquisition date fair values becomes available. The acquisition was treated as a "reorganization" within the definition of section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and is generally considered tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.


Page-69



The following table reflects the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to the NorCal Acquisition:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Acquisition Date (November 29, 2013)
Assets:
 
 
  Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
31,804

  Investment securities
 
53,731

  Loans
 
173,759

  Core deposit intangible
 
4,572

  Deferred tax asset
 
4,114

  Goodwill
 
6,435

  Bank premises and equipment
 
203

  Other assets
 
6,299

     Total assets acquired
 
$
280,917

 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
  Deposits:
 
 
    Non-interest bearing
 
$
69,123

    Interest bearing
 
 
        Transaction accounts
 
57,337

        Savings accounts
 
10,835

        Money market accounts
 
81,464

        Other time accounts
 
22,267

      Total deposits
 
241,026

 
 
 
  Subordinated debentures
 
4,950

  Other liabilities
 
408

     Total liabilities assumed
 
$
246,384


 
 
Merger consideration (cash payment of $16.019 million and $18.514 million in stock)
 
$
34,533



Page-70



The following table presents the net assets acquired from NorCal and the estimated fair value adjustments:
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Acquisition Date (November 29, 2013)
Book value of net assets acquired from NorCal
 
$
25,552


 
 
Fair value adjustments:
 
 
  Loans
 
(3,462
)
  Subordinated debentures
 
3,298

  Core deposit intangible asset
 
$
4,572

  Time deposits
 
(14
)
     Total purchase accounting adjustments
 
4,394


 
 
  Deferred tax liabilities (tax effect of purchase accounting adjustments at 42.05%)
 
(1,848
)
Fair value of net assets acquired from NorCal
 
$
28,098


 
 
Merger consideration
 
$
34,533

Less: fair value of net assets acquired
 
(28,098
)
Goodwill
 
$
6,435


Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase price paid over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of the fair values of liabilities assumed. It arises mainly from expected synergies from combined operations of NorCal and Bank of Marin. It is evaluated for impairment annually. We determined that the fair value of our Community Banking segment exceeded its carrying amount and no impairment on goodwill was recorded in 2013. The goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The following is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities at acquisition date presented above.

Loans

The fair values for acquired loans were developed based upon the present values of the expected cash flows utilizing market-derived discount rates. Expected cash flows for each acquired loan were projected based on contractual cash flows adjusted for expected prepayment, expected default (i.e. probability of default and loss severity), and principal recovery.

Prepayment rates were applied to the principal outstanding based on the type of loan, where appropriate. Prepayments were based on a constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) applied across the life of a loan. We used annual CPRs between 0 percent and 5 percent, depending on the characteristics of the loan pool (e.g. construction, commercial real estate, etc.).

Non-credit-impaired loans with similar characteristics were grouped together and were treated in the aggregate when applying the discount rate on the expected cash flows. Aggregation factors considered included the type of loan and related collateral, risk classification, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing. The discount rates used for the similar groups of loans were based on current market rates for new originations of comparable loans, where available, and include adjustments for credit and liquidity factors. To the extent comparable market rates are not readily available, a discount rate was derived based on the assumptions of a market participant's cost of funds, servicing costs, and return requirements for comparable risk assets. Purchased credit-impaired loans were valued on an individual basis. See Note 4 for additional information.

Subordinated Debentures

The discounted cash flow method was used to establish the fair value of the subordinated debentures. In determining the fair value, cash flows were projected through the remaining term of the issuances. As the issuances are variable rate, to determine the cash flows, future interest payments were determined based on forward rates plus the stated margin.

Page-71





The cash flows were then discounted to their present values. Each payment was discounted at a spot rate that was determined based on the yields and terms of comparable issuances. We recognized the effects of illiquidity associated with size and the lack of marketability of the securities through the inclusion of an additional premium.

Core Deposit Intangible

The core deposit intangible represents estimated future benefits of acquired deposits and is booked separately from the liability in other assets. The value of the core deposit intangible asset was determined using a discounted cash flow approach to arrive at the cost differential between the core deposits (non-maturity deposits such as checking, savings and money market accounts) and alternative funding sources. It is calculated as the present value of the   difference  in  cash flows between maintaining the  existing  deposits (interest  and  net  maintenance  costs) and the cost of an equal amount of  funds from an alternative source having a similar term as the deposit  base. It is amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated ten-year life. The core deposit intangible asset is evaluated periodically for impairment, and no impairment loss was recognized in 2013.

We recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $4.6 million at Acquisition, of which $69 thousand was amortized in 2013. At December 31, 2013, the future estimated amortization expense is as follows:

(in thousands)
2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

Total

Core deposit intangible amortization
$
771

$
619

$
533

$
472

$
413

$
1,695

$
4,503


Deposits

The fair values used for the retail DDA and NOW deposits were equal to the amounts payable on demand at the acquisition date. The fair values for time deposits were estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applied interest rates offered by market participants as of the acquisition date on time deposits with similar maturity terms as the discount rates.

Pro Forma Results of Operations

The contribution of the acquired operations of the former NorCal Community Bancorp to our results of operations for the period November 29 to December 31, 2013 is as follows: interest income of $1.1 million, interest expense of $68 thousand, non-interest income of $95 thousand, non-interest expense of $1.1 million and income before income taxes of $109 thousand. These amounts include acquisition-related costs, accretion of the discount on the acquired loans, amortization of the fair value mark on time deposits, core deposit intangible amortization, and subordinated debentures amortization. NorCal Community Bancorp's results of operations prior to the acquisition date are not included in our operating results for 2013.
The following table presents NorCal Community Bancorp's revenue (interest income and non-interest income) and earnings included in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the revenue and earnings of the combined entity had the acquisition date been January 1, 2012. This pro forma information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods.

Page-72



Pro Forma Revenue and Earnings
 
NorCal Community Bancorp Only
 
Combined
(in thousands; unaudited)
 
Revenue

Earnings

 
Revenue

Earnings

Actual from November 29, 2013 to December 31, 2013
 
$
1,239

$
70

 
$
6,984

$
963

2013 supplemental pro forma from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013
 
12,199

315

 
68,626

14,270

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 supplemental pro forma from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 20131
12,199

1,506

 
68,626

17,866

2012 supplemental pro forma from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 20121
12,433

(2,841
)
 
85,310

13,731

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1  2013 supplemental pro forma earnings were adjusted to exclude $3.7 million of one-time acquisition related expenses booked at Bank of Marin Bancorp and $1.9 million of one-time acquisition related expenses booked at NorCal Community Bancorp in 2013. 2012 supplemental pro forma earnings were adjusted to include these charges.

Acquisition-related expenses are recognized as incurred and continue until all systems have been converted and operational functions become fully integrated. We incurred one-time third-party acquisition-related expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income in 2013 for the NorCal acquisition and in 2011 for the Charter Oak acquisition as follows:
 
2013 NorCal Acquisition
 
2011 Charter Oak Acquisition
(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Data processing
$
2,807

*
$
455

Professional services
660

 
457

Personnel severance
203

 

Other
74

 
88

   Total
$
3,744

 
$
1,000

 
 
 
 
*Primarily relates to NorCal's core processing system contract termination and deconversion fees.

Note 3:  Investment Securities
 
Our investment securities portfolio consists of obligations of state and political subdivisions, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency securities, including mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) issued or guaranteed by Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA"), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"), or Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), debentures issued by government-sponsored agencies such as FNMA and FHLMC, as well as privately issued CMOs, as reflected in the table below:

Page-73



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Amortized

Fair

Gross Unrealized
 
Amortized

Fair

Gross Unrealized
(in thousands;)
Cost

Value

Gains

(Losses)

 
Cost

Value

Gains

(Losses)

Held-to-maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Obligations of state and
  political subdivisions
$
80,381

$
81,429

$
1,764

$
(716
)
 
$
96,922

$
99,350

$
2,855

$
(427
)
  Corporate bonds
42,114

42,429

375

(60
)
 
42,530

42,881

458

(107
)
Total held-to-maturity
122,495

123,858

2,139

(776
)
 
139,452
142,231
3,313
(534)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities of U. S. government agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS pass-through securities issued by FHLMC and FNMA
124,063

123,033

616

(1,646
)
 
52,042

53,713

1,711

(40
)
CMOs issued by FNMA
18,573

18,438

60

(195
)
 
4,447

4,550

105

(2
)
CMOs issued by FHLMC
23,710

23,679

144

(175
)

13,527

13,778

251


CMOs issued by GNMA
24,944

25,454

609

(99
)

38,871

39,756

886

(1
)
Debentures of government- sponsored agencies
21,845

21,312

108

(641
)
 
20,462

20,589

228

(101
)
Privately issued CMOs
10,649

10,874

257

(32
)
 
21,071

21,576

595

(90
)
  Obligations of state and
  political subdivisions
15,948

15,771

14

(191
)
 




  Corporate bonds
5,426

5,437

25

(14
)
 




Total available-for-sale
245,158

243,998

1,833

(2,993
)
 
150,420
153,962
3,776
(234)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total investment securities
$
367,653

$
367,856

$
3,972

$
(3,769
)
 
$
289,872

$
296,193

$
7,089

$
(768
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
 
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
 
Held-to-Maturity
 
Available-for-Sale
Held-to-Maturity
 
Available-for-Sale
(in thousands)
Amortized Cost

 
Fair Value

 
Amortized Cost

 
Fair Value

Amortized Cost

 
Fair Value

 
Amortized Cost

 
Fair Value

Within one year
$
8,731

 
$
8,784

 
$
5,522

 
$
5,521

$
764

 
$
763

 
$

 
$

After one but within five years
88,255

 
89,095

 
42,229

 
42,338

98,672

 
99,689

 
26,417

 
27,060

After five years through ten years
24,244

 
24,786

 
26,232

 
25,478

29,165

 
30,898

 
23,719

 
23,820

After ten years
1,265

 
1,193

 
171,175

 
170,661

10,851

 
10,881

 
100,284

 
103,082

Total
$
122,495

 
$
123,858

 
$
245,158

 
$
243,998

$
139,452

 
$
142,231

 
$
150,420

 
$
153,962


$8.0 million of available-for-sale securities were sold in 2013, resulting in net proceeds from sales of $8.0 million and net losses of $18 thousand. During 2013, we also sold $6.4 million of held-to-maturity securities due to evidence of significant deterioration of credit worthiness since purchase. The proceeds from the sales totaled $6.4 million and the transactions resulted in net gains of $17 thousand. One available-for-sale security was sold in 2012 with proceeds of $2.2 million and a loss of $34 thousand.
        
Investment securities carried at $61.8 million and $47.7 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, were pledged with the State of California: $61.1 million and $47 million to secure public deposits in compliance with the Local Agency Security Program at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $732 thousand and $719 thousand to provide collateral for trust deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, investment securities carried at $1.1 million were pledged to collateralize an internal Wealth Management and Trust Services (“WMTS”) checking account at both December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Page-74




Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities
 
The table below shows investment securities that were in unrealized loss positions at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. They are summarized and classified according to the duration of the loss period as follows:
 
December 31, 2013
 
< 12 continuous months
 
 
> 12 continuous months
 
 
Total securities
 in a loss position
 
(In thousands)
 
Fair value

 
Unrealized loss

 
Fair value

 
Unrealized loss

 
Fair value

 
Unrealized loss

Held-to-maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of state & political subdivisions
 
$
13,933

 
$
(419
)
 
$
9,033

 
$
(297
)
 
$
22,966

 
$
(716
)
Corporate bonds
 
3,017

 
(11
)
 
4,963

 
(49
)
 
7,980

 
(60
)
Total held-to-maturity
 
16,950

 
(430
)
 
13,996

 
(346
)
 
30,946

 
(776
)
Available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS pass-through securities issued by FHLMC and FNMA
 
90,914

 
(1,297
)
 
3,172

 
(349
)
 
94,086

 
(1,646
)
CMOs issued by FNMA
 
17,535

 
(195
)
 

 

 
17,535

 
(195
)
CMOs issued by FHLMC
 
17,899

 
(175
)
 

 

 
17,899

 
(175
)
CMOs issued by GNMA
 
3,966

 
(99
)
 

 

 
3,966

 
(99
)
Debentures of government- sponsored agencies
 
16,872

 
(641
)
 

 

 
16,872

 
(641
)
Privately issued CMOs
 
4,634

 
(31
)
 
159

 
(1
)
 
4,793

 
(32
)
Obligations of state & political subdivisions
 
11,516

 
(191
)
 

 

 
11,516

 
(191
)
Corporate bonds
 
1,479

 
(14
)
 

 

 
1,479

 
(14
)
Total available-for-sale
 
164,815

 
(2,643
)
 
3,331

 
(350
)
 
168,146

 
(2,993
)
Total temporarily impaired securities
 
$
181,765

 
$
(3,073
)
 
$
17,327

 
$
(696
)
 
$
199,092

 
$
(3,769
)
 

Page-75



December 31, 2012
 
< 12 continuous months
 
 
> 12 continuous months
 
 
Total securities
 in a loss position
(In thousands)
 
Fair value

 
Unrealized loss

 
Fair value

 
Unrealized loss

 
Fair value

 
Unrealized loss

Held-to-maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of state & political subdivisions
 
$
33,196

 
$
(427
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
33,196

 
$
(427
)
Corporate bonds
 
15,649

 
(107
)
 

 

 
15,649

 
(107
)
Total held-to-maturity
 
48,845

 
(534
)
 

 

 
48,845

 
(534
)
Available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MBS pass-through securities issued by FHLMC and FNMA
 
3,569

 
(40
)
 

 

 
3,569

 
(40
)
CMOs issued by FNMA
 
3,185

 
(2
)
 

 

 
3,185

 
(2
)
CMOs issued by GNMA
 
1,550

 
(1
)
 

 

 
1,550

 
(1
)
Debentures of government- sponsored agencies
 
9,899

 
(101
)
 

 

 
9,899

 
(101
)
Privately issued CMOs
 
4,214

 
(89
)
 
203

 
(1
)
 
4,417

 
(90
)
Total available-for-sale
 
22,417

 
(233
)
 
203

 
(1
)
 
22,620

 
(234
)
Total temporarily impaired securities
 
$
71,262

 
$
(767
)
 
$
203

 
$
(1
)
 
$
71,465

 
$
(768
)
 
As of December 31, 2013, there were fourteen investment positions totaling $17.3 million that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. These securities had an unrealized loss of $696 thousand and consisted of U.S. state and political subdivisions, corporate bonds, MBS and privately issued CMOs. We have evaluated each of the bonds and believe that the decline in fair value is primarily driven by factors other than credit. It is probable that we will be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms and no other-than-temporary impairment exists. MBS are supported by the U.S. Federal government to protect us from credit losses. Additionally, the obligations of state and political subdivisions and corporate bonds were rated as investment grade by at least one rating agency. The CMO is collateralized by residential mortgages with low loan-to-value and delinquency ratios, may be prepaid at par prior to maturity and is rated AA+ by Standard & Poors. Based upon our assessment of expected credit losses given the performance of the underlying collateral and the credit enhancements, we concluded that the security was not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

Investment securities in our portfolio that were in a temporary loss position for less than twelve months as of December 31, 2013 consisted of eighty-one U.S. state and political subdivisions, corporate bonds, MBS, CMOs, Debentures and privately issued CMOs. We determine that the strengths of GNMA and FNMA through guarantee or support from the U.S. Federal Government are sufficient to protect us from credit losses. The other temporarily impaired securities are deemed credit worthy after our internal analysis. Additionally, all are rated as investment grade by at least one major rating agency. We also monitor the financial information of the issuers of obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions. As a result of this impairment analysis, we concluded that these securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

In January 2014, we sold a $2.0 million available-for-sale security that was temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013. The security had recovered essentially all of its amortized cost basis, and the sale resulted in a net loss of approximately $15 thousand. We do not have the intent, and it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell the remaining securities temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 before recovery of the cost basis.

Securities Carried at Cost
 
As a member of the FHLB, we are required to maintain a minimum investment in the FHLB capital stock determined by the Board of Directors of the FHLB. The minimum investment requirements can increase in the event we increase our borrowings with the FHLB. Shares cannot be purchased or sold except between the FHLB and its members at $100 per share par value. We held $7.8 million and $6.0 million of FHLB stock recorded at cost in other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. On February 20, 2014, FHLB declared a cash dividend for the fourth

Page-76



quarter of 2013 at an annualized dividend rate of 6.67%. Management does not believe that the FHLB stock is other-than-temporarily-impaired, as we expect to be able to redeem this stock at cost.

As a member bank of Visa U.S.A., we hold 16,939 shares of Visa Inc. Class B common stock with a carrying value of zero, which is equal to our cost basis. These shares are restricted from resale until their conversion into Class A (voting) shares upon the termination of Visa Inc.'s covered litigation escrow account. As a result of the restriction, these shares are not considered available-for-sale and are not carried at fair value. The fair value of the Class B common stock we own was $1.6 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, based on the Class A as-converted rate of 0.4206, which is subject to further reduction upon the final settlement of the covered litigation against Visa Inc. and its member banks. See Note 13 herein.


Page-77



Note 4:  Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Credit Quality of Loans
 
The majority of our loan activity is with customers located in California, primarily in the counties of Marin, Sonoma, Alameda, San Francisco and Napa. At December 31, 2013, 68% of our loans are for commercial real estate, 83% of which are secured by real estate located in Marin, Sonoma, Alameda, San Francisco and Napa counties (California). Approximately 86% and 85% of total loans were secured by real estate, while 2% and 3% were unsecured at both December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Outstanding loans by class and payment aging as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:
 
Loan Aging Analysis by Class as of December 31, 2013 and 2012
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial

 
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied

 
Commercial real estate, investor

 
Construction

 
Home equity

 
Other residential 1

 
Installment and other consumer

 
Total

December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30-59 days past due
$
18

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
240

 
$
717

 
$
17

 
$
992

60-89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 
3

 
3

Greater than 90 days past due (non-accrual) 2
1,187

 
1,403

 
2,807

 
5,218

 
234

 
660

 
169

 
11,678

Total past due
1,205

 
1,403

 
2,807

 
5,218

 
474

 
1,377

 
189

 
12,673

Current
182,086

 
239,710

 
622,212

 
26,359

 
97,995

 
71,257

 
17,030

 
1,256,649

Total loans 3
$
183,291

 
$
241,113

 
$
625,019

 
$
31,577

 
$
98,469

 
$
72,634

 
$
17,219

 
$
1,269,322

Non-accrual loans to total loans
0.6
%
 
0.6
%
 
0.4
%
 
16.5
%
 
0.2
%
 
0.9
%
 
1.0
%
 
0.9
%
December 31, 2012
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

30-59 days past due
$
29

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
294

 
$
167

 
$
98

 
$
588

60-89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater than 90 days past due (non-accrual) 2
4,893

 
1,403

 
6,843

 
2,239

 
545

 
1,196

 
533

 
17,652

Total past due
4,922

 
1,403

 
6,843

 
2,239

 
839

 
1,363

 
631

 
18,240

Current
171,509

 
195,003

 
502,163

 
28,426

 
92,398

 
48,069

 
18,144

 
1,055,712

Total loans 3
$
176,431

 
$
196,406

 
$
509,006

 
$
30,665

 
$
93,237

 
$
49,432

 
$
18,775

 
$
1,073,952

Non-accrual loans to total loans
2.8
%
 
0.7
%
 
1.3
%
 
7.3
%
 
0.6
%
 
2.4
%
 
2.8
%
 
1.6
%

1 Our residential loan portfolio includes no sub-prime loans, nor is it our normal practice to underwrite loans commonly referred to as "Alt-A mortgages," the characteristics of which are loans lacking full documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores or higher loan-to-value ratios.

2 Amounts include $1.4 million and $1.6 million of Purchased Credit Impaired ("PCI") loans that have stopped accreting interest at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and exclude accreting PCI loans of $5.7 million and $3.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, as their accretable yield interest recognition is independent from the underlying contractual loan delinquency status. There were no accruing loans past due more than ninety days at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

3 Amounts were net of deferred loan (costs)/fees of $(24) thousand and $769 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amounts were also net of unaccreted purchase discounts on non-PCI loans of $7.6 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Our commercial loans are generally made to established small to mid-sized businesses to provide financing for their working capital needs, acquisitions, or refinancings.  Management examines historical, current, and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay obligations as agreed. Commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not occur as expected, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and include a personal guarantee. Some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. We target stable local businesses with guarantors that have proven to be more resilient in periods of economic stress.  Typically, the guarantors provide an additional source of repayment for most of our credit extensions.
 
Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans discussed above. We underwrite these loans to be repaid from cash flow and to be supported by real property collateral. Repayment of commercial real estate loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan, or of the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Underwriting standards for commercial real estate loans include, but are not limited to, conservative debt coverage and loan-to-value ratios. Furthermore,

Page-78



substantially all of our loans are guaranteed by the owners of the properties.  Commercial real estate loans may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. In the event of a vacancy, strong guarantors have historically carried the loans until a replacement tenant can be found.  The owner's substantial equity investment provides a strong economic incentive to continue to support the commercial real estate projects. As such, we have generally experienced a relatively low level of loss and delinquencies in this portfolio.

Construction loans are generally made to developers and builders to finance land acquisition as well as the subsequent construction. These loans are underwritten after evaluation of the borrower's financial strength, reputation, prior track record, and after obtaining independent appraisals. The construction industry can be impacted by major factors, including: the inherent volatility of real estate markets and vulnerability to delays due to weather, change orders, ability to obtain construction permits, labor or material shortages, and price hikes. Estimates of construction costs and value associated with the complete project may be inaccurate. Repayment of construction loans is largely dependent on the ultimate success of the project.
 
Consumer loans primarily consist of home equity lines of credit, other residential (tenancy-in-common, or “TIC”) loans, and other personal loans. We originate consumer loans utilizing credit score information, debt-to-income ratio and loan-to-value ratio analysis. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, mitigates risk. Additionally, trend reports are reviewed by Management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home equity lines of credit include, but are not limited to, a conservative loan-to-value ratio, the number of such loans a borrower can have at one time, and documentation requirements. Our underwriting of the other residential loans, mostly secured by TIC units in San Francisco, is cautious compared to traditional residential mortgages due to the unique ownership structure.  In addition, these borrowers tend to have more equity in their properties, which mitigates risk. Personal loans are nearly evenly split between mobile home loans and floating home loans along with a small number of installment loans.
 
We use a risk rating system to evaluate asset quality, and to identify and monitor credit risk in individual loans, and ultimately in the portfolio. Definitions of loans that are risk graded “Special Mention” or worse are consistent with those used by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").  Our internally assigned grades are as follows:
 
Pass – Loans to borrowers of acceptable or better credit quality. Borrowers in this category demonstrate fundamentally sound financial positions, repayment capacity, credit history and management expertise.  Loans in this category must have an identifiable and stable source of repayment and meet the Bank’s policy regarding debt service coverage ratios.  These borrowers are capable of sustaining normal economic, market or operational setbacks without significant financial impacts.  Financial ratios and trends are acceptable.  Negative external industry factors are generally not present.  The loan may be secured, unsecured or supported by non-real estate collateral for which the value is more difficult to determine and/or marketability is more uncertain. This category also includes “Watch” loans, where the primary source of repayment has been delayed. “Watch” is intended to be a transitional grade, with either an upgrade or downgrade within a reasonable period.
 
Special Mention - Potential weaknesses that deserve close attention. If left uncorrected, those potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the payment prospects for the asset. Special Mention assets do not present sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
 
Substandard - Inadequately protected by either the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. A Substandard asset has a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize(s) the liquidation of the debt. Substandard assets are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if such weaknesses or deficiencies are not corrected. Well-defined weaknesses include adverse trends or developments of the borrower’s financial condition, managerial weaknesses and/or significant collateral deficiencies.
 
Doubtful - Critical weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full improbable. There may be specific pending events that work to strengthen the asset; however, the amount or timing of the loss may not be determinable. Pending events generally occur within one year of the asset being classified as Doubtful. Examples include: merger, acquisition, or liquidation; capital injection; guarantee; perfecting liens on additional collateral; and refinancing. Such loans are placed on non-accrual status and usually are collateral-dependent.
 
We regularly review our credits for accuracy of risk grades whenever new information is received. Borrowers are required to submit financial information at regular intervals:

Page-79




Generally, commercial borrowers with lines of credit are required to submit financial information with reporting intervals ranging from monthly to annually depending on credit size, risk and complexity.
Investor commercial real estate borrowers with loans greater than $750 thousand are required to submit rent rolls or property income statements at least annually.
Construction loans are monitored monthly, and assessed on an ongoing basis.
Home equity and other consumer loans are assessed based on delinquency.
Loans graded “Watch” or more severe, regardless of loan type, are assessed no less than quarterly.

The following table represents our analysis of loans by internally assigned grades, including the PCI loans, at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
 
(in thousands)
Commercial

 
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied

 
Commercial real estate, investor

 
Construction

 
Home equity

 
Other residential

 
Installment and other consumer

 
Purchased credit-impaired

 
Total

Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
162,625

 
$
216,537

 
$
609,157

 
$
25,069

 
$
93,792

 
$
69,176

 
$
16,336

 
$
1,340

 
$
1,194,032

Special Mention
13,990

 
16,533

 
8,570

 
725

 
2,164

 
1,047

 
227

 
894

 
44,150

Substandard
6,343

 
3,224

 
5,413

 
5,768

 
2,444

 
2,411

 
656

 
4,881

 
31,140

Total loans
$
182,958

 
$
236,294

 
$
623,140

 
$
31,562

 
$
98,400

 
$
72,634

 
$
17,219

 
$
7,115

 
$
1,269,322

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Pass
$
148,771

 
$
170,553

 
$
489,978

 
$
26,287

 
$
86,957

 
$
45,634

 
$
17,809

 
$
1,862

 
$
987,851

Special Mention
13,267

 
20,346

 
8,671

 
1,970

 
2,931

 
1,067

 

 
933

 
49,185

Substandard
13,753

 
2,992

 
8,963

 
2,408

 
3,349

 
2,731

 
966

 
1,754

 
36,916

Total loans
$
175,791

 
$
193,891

 
$
507,612

 
$
30,665

 
$
93,237

 
$
49,432

 
$
18,775

 
$
4,549

 
$
1,073,952

 
Troubled Debt Restructuring
 
Our loan portfolio includes certain loans that have been modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”), where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from our loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. TDRs on nonaccrual status at the time of restructure may be returned to accruing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months, and there is reasonable assurance of repayment and performance.
 
When a loan is modified, Management evaluates any possible impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the contractual interest rate of the original loan agreement, except when the sole (remaining) source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the collateral. In these cases Management uses the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, instead of discounted cash flows. If Management determines that the value of the modified loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (net of previous charge-offs and unamortized premium or discount), impairment is recognized through a specific allowance or a charge-off of the loan.
 

Page-80




The table below summarizes outstanding TDR loans by loan class as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The summary includes those TDRs that are on nonaccrual status and those that continue to accrue interest.

(in thousands)
 
 
As of
Recorded investment in Troubled Debt Restructurings 1
 
 
December 31, 2013

 
December 31, 2012

 
December 31, 2011

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
$
5,117

 
$
9,470

 
$
4,969

Commercial real estate, owner-occupied
 
 
4,333

 
1,403

 
1,403

Commercial real estate, investor
 
 
534

 

 

Construction
 
 
6,335

 
1,929

 
800

Home equity
 
 
506

 
908

 
467

Other residential
 
 
2,063

 
2,831

 
1,464

Installment and other consumer
 
 
1,693

 
1,743

 
1,552

Total

 
$
20,581

 
$
18,284

 
$
10,655


1 Includes $12.9 million, $10.8 million and $6.3 million of TDR loans that were accruing interest as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively.

The table below presents the following information for TDRs modified during the periods presented: number of contracts modified, the recorded investment in the loans prior to modification, and the recorded investment in the loans after the loans were restructured. The table below excludes fully paid-off or fully charged-off TDR loans.
(dollars in thousands)
Number of Contracts Modified

 
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment at period end

Troubled Debt Restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2013:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
Commercial
8

 
$
1,176

 
$
1,377

 
$
1,274

Commercial real estate, owner occupied
1

 
2,961

 
2,956

 
2,930

Commercial real estate, investor
1

 
539

 
538

 
534

Construction
3

 
7,135

 
7,156

 
5,368

Installment and other consumer
2

 
11

 
9

 
7

Total
15

 
$
11,822

 
$
12,036

 
$
10,113

Troubled Debt Restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2012:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
Commercial
14

 
$
9,980

 
$
9,903

 
$
5,965

Construction
2

 
2,793

 
2,793

 
1,760

Home Equity
2

 
472

 
473

 
469

Other residential
2

 
1,422

 
1,401

 
1,392

Installment and other consumer
2

 
231

 
231

 
228

Total
22

 
$
14,898

 
$
14,801

 
$
9,814

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
27

 
$
5,854

 
$
5,940

 
$
4,969

Commercial real estate, owner occupied
2

 
1,366

 
1,403

 
1,403

Construction
2

 
817

 
817

 
800

Home Equity
3

 
478

 
469

 
467

Other residential
3

 
1,467

 
1,467

 
1,464

Installment and other consumer
13

 
1,607

 
1,605

 
1,552

Total
50

 
$
11,589

 
$
11,701

 
$
10,655



Page-81



Modifications during the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily involved maturity or payment extensions and interest rate concessions or some combination thereof, while modifications in 2012 primarily involved payment extensions, forbearances, and interest rate concessions. Modifications in 2011 primarily involved interest rate concessions, maturity extensions and payment deferrals. There were no loans modified as troubled debt restructuring that subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2013, where the default occurred within the first twelve months after modification into a TDR. There were three commercial loans, two commercial real estate loans and one construction loan modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous twelve months with recorded investments of $4.5 million that subsequently defaulted and $730 thousand were charged-off, net of recoveries, in the year ended December 31, 2012. There were three TDRs in 2011 with loan balances of $1.0 million that subsequently defaulted within twelve months of restructuring and were charged-off during 2011. We are reporting these defaulted TDRs based on a payment default definition of more than ninety days past due.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Beginning with the quarter-ended September 30, 2013, Management refined the methodology for estimating general allowances in order to provide a more comprehensive evaluation of the potential risk of loss in our loan portfolio. This analysis encompasses our entire loan portfolio and excludes acquired loans where the discount has not been fully accreted. For allowance established on acquired loans, refer to Note 1. Under the prior model, loans were pooled into the following segments:

Commercial real estate loans, owner occupied
Commercial real estate loans, investor
Construction loans
Subdivision land loans
Residential real estate loans
Residential loans, fractional tenants-in-common
Commercial loans
Commercial asset-based lines
Commercial quick qualifier loans
Personal loans
Personal floating home loans
Personal mobile home loans
Home equity loans
Other loans

Under the new model, the loans are evaluated on a pool basis by loan segment which is further delineated by Federal regulatory reporting codes ("call codes"). Each segment is assigned an expected loss factor which is primarily based on a twelve quarter look-back at our historical losses for that particular segment, as well as a number of other factors. We believe this change in methodology will provide a more comprehensive evaluation of the potential risk in our portfolio because the additional delineation by call code establishes a stronger focus on areas of weakness and strength within the portfolio. Loans are pooled into the following segments under the new model:

Loans secured by real estate:
- 1-4 family residential construction loans
- Other construction loans and all land development and other land loans
- Secured by farmland (including farm residential and other improvements)
- Revolving, open-end loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties and extended under lines of credit
- Closed-end loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties, secured by first liens
- Closed-end loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties, secured by junior liens
- Secured by multifamily (5 or more) residential properties
- Loans secured by owner-occupied non-farm nonresidential properties
- Loans secured by other non-farm nonresidential properties
Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers
Commercial and industrial loans
Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (i.e., consumer loans)
Other loans

Page-82




The model determines loan loss reserves based on objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include the rolling historical loss rate using a twelve quarter look-back, changes in the volume and nature of the loan portfolio, changes in credit quality metrics (past due loans, non-accrual loans, net charge-offs), and the existence of credit concentrations. Subjective factors include changes in the overall economic environment, legal and regulatory conditions, lending management and other relevant staff, uncertainties related to acquisitions, as well as the quality of our loan review process. The total amount allocated is determined by applying loss multipliers to outstanding loans by call code.

The following table represents the effect on the 2013 provision for loan losses due to the change in methodology by loan class. Commercial real estate loans have increased provisions of $565 thousand in the owner-occupied category and $1.8 million in the investor category under the new methodology, which allocates additional reserves based on concentration levels.  When a loan class exceeds 100% of Tier 1 capital, additional reserves are allocated.  Such factor was not considered under the old methodology.

In addition, under the previous methodology, certain commercial loans collateralized by real estate were grouped under commercial and industrial loans and thus received a higher loss factor than the current methodology.

Lastly, we added a subjective factor for the impact of the acquisition in 2013, which added approximately $800 thousand in reserves by loan class, which would have been unallocated under the previous methodology.
 
 
The year ended December 31, 2013
(in thousands)
 
Calculated Provision Based on New Methodology
 
Calculated Provision Based on Prior Methodology
 
Difference In ALLL
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 
$
(1,393
)
 
$
(449
)
 
$
(944
)
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied
 
615

 
50

 
565

Commercial real estate, investor
 
1,940

 
174

 
1,766

Construction
 
83

 
167

 
(84
)
Home equity
 
(223
)
 
(39
)
 
(184
)
Other residential
 
(234
)
 
(138
)
 
(96
)
Installment and other consumer
 
(535
)
 
(319
)
 
(216
)
Unallocated
 
287

 
1,094

 
(807
)
Total provision for loan losses
 
$
540

 
$
540

 
$



Page-83




Impaired Loan Balances and Their Related Allowance by Major Classes of Loans

The table below summarizes information on impaired loans and their related allowance. Total impaired loans include non-accrual loans, accruing TDR loans and accreting PCI loans that have experienced post-acquisition declines in cash flows expected to be collected.
(dollars in thousands)
 
Commercial

 
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied

 
Commercial real estate, investor

 
Construction

 
Home equity

 
Other residential

 
Installment and other consumer

 
Total

December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded investment in impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With no specific allowance recorded
 
$
977

 
$
1,403

 
$
3,341

 
$
2,806

 
$
349

 
$
1,254

 
$
112

 
$
10,242

With a specific allowance recorded
 
4,725

 
4,085

 

 
3,927

 
157

 
809

 
1,750

 
15,453

Total recorded investment in impaired loans
 
$
5,702

 
$
5,488

 
$
3,341

 
$
6,733

 
$
506

 
$
2,063

 
$
1,862

 
$
25,695

Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

With no specific allowance recorded
 
$
977

 
$
3,060

 
$
5,333

 
$
5,547

 
$
835

 
$
1,254

 
$
154

 
$
17,160

With a specific allowance recorded
 
4,930

 
5,088

 

 
4,114

 
157

 
809

 
1,750

 
16,848

Total unpaid principal balance of impaired loans
 
$
5,907

 
$
8,148

 
$
5,333

 
$
9,661

 
$
992

 
$
2,063

 
$
1,904

 
$
34,008

Specific allowance
 
$
1,170

 
$
90

 
$

 
$
341

 
$
1

 
$
23

 
$
364

 
$
1,989

Average recorded investment in impaired loans during 2013
 
$
7,168

 
$
3,519

 
$
5,847

 
$
7,200

 
$
909

 
$
2,632

 
$
1,872

 
$
29,147

Interest income recognized on impaired loans during 2013
 
$
476

 
$
253

 
$
14

 
$
249

 
$
29

 
$
89

 
$
71

 
$
1,181

 
 

 













December 31, 2012
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Recorded investment in impaired loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

With no specific allowance recorded
 
$
6,825

 
$
1,403

 
$
3,725

 
$
2,328

 
$
931

 
$
2,598

 
$
978

 
$
18,788

With a specific allowance recorded
 
2,645

 
471

 
4,513

 
1,840

 
261

 
715

 
1,070

 
11,515

Total recorded investment in impaired loans
 
$
9,470

 
$
1,874

 
$
8,238

 
$
4,168

 
$
1,192

 
$
3,313

 
$
2,048

 
$
30,303

Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

With no specific allowance recorded
 
$
7,633

 
$
3,060

 
$
5,717

 
$
2,514

 
$
1,417

 
$
2,598

 
$
1,020

 
$
23,959

With a specific allowance recorded
 
2,930

 
966

 
4,887

 
4,519

 
324

 
715

 
1,070

 
15,411

Total recorded investment in impaired loans
 
$
10,563

 
$
4,026

 
$
10,604

 
$
7,033

 
$
1,741

 
$
3,313

 
$
2,090

 
$
39,370

Specific allowance
 
$
1,131

 
$
26

 
$
374

 
$
118

 
$
154

 
$
120

 
$
431

 
$
2,354

Average recorded investment in impaired loans during 2012
 
$
11,772

 
$
1,538

 
$
5,135

 
$
12,909

 
$
1,314

 
$
2,509

 
$
2,151

 
$
37,328

Interest income recognized on impaired loans during 2012
 
$
803

 
$
111

 
$
512

 
$
570

 
$
32

 
$
175

 
$
96

 
$
2,299

Average recorded investment in impaired loans during 2011
 
$
4,695

 
$
1,873

 
$
595

 
$
3,505

 
$
813

 
$
1,612

 
$
1,844

 
$
14,937

Interest income recognized on impaired loans during 2011
 
$
102

 
$

 
$
38

 
$

 
$
14

 
$
72

 
$
26

 
$
252


The gross interest income that would have been recorded had non-accrual loans been current totaled $1.0 million, $937 thousand and $821 thousand in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively. $229 thousand, $182 thousand and $6 thousand interest income was recognized during the time the loans were considered impaired using the cash-basis method of accounting in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. PCI loans are excluded from the foregone interest data above as their accretable yield interest recognition is independent from the underlying contractual loan delinquency status. See “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” below for further discussion.

Management monitors delinquent loans continuously and identifies problem loans, generally loans graded substandard or worse, to be evaluated individually for impairment testing. Generally, we charge off our estimated losses related to specifically-identified impaired loans when it is deemed uncollectible. The charged-off portion of impaired loans outstanding at December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $5.8 million.  At December 31, 2013, there were $837 thousand of outstanding commitments to extend credit on impaired loans, including loans to borrowers whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings.

Page-84




The following table discloses loans by major portfolio category and activity in the ALLL, as well as the related ALLL disaggregated by impairment evaluation method:
Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013
(dollars in thousands)
 
Commercial

 
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied

 
Commercial real estate, investor

 
Construction

 
Home equity

 
Other residential

 
Installment and other consumer

 
Unallocated

 
Total

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
$
4,100

 
$
1,313

 
$
4,372

 
$
611

 
$
1,264

 
$
551

 
$
1,231

 
$
219

 
$
13,661

Provision (reversal)
 
(1,393
)
 
615

 
1,940

 
83

 
(223
)
 
(234
)
 
(535
)
 
287

 
540

Charge-offs
 
(672
)
 

 
(156
)
 
(62
)
 
(176
)
 

 
(88
)
 

 
(1,154
)
Recoveries
 
1,021

 
84

 
40

 
1

 
10

 

 
21

 

 
1,177

Ending balance
 
$
3,056

 
$
2,012

 
$
6,196

 
$
633

 
$
875

 
$
317

 
$
629

 
$
506

 
$
14,224

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending ALLL related to loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
1,886

 
$
1,922

 
$
6,196

 
$
292

 
$
874

 
$
294

 
$
265

 
$
506

 
$
12,235

Ending ALLL related to loans  individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
987

 
$
31

 
$

 
$
341

 
$
1

 
$
23

 
$
364

 
$

 
$
1,747

Ending ALLL related to purchased  credit-impaired loans
 
$
183

 
$
59

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
242

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans outstanding:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
177,550

 
$
233,330


$
619,833


$
24,829


$
97,894


$
70,571


$
15,357


$

 
$
1,239,364

Individually evaluated for impairment1
 
5,408

 
2,930

 
3,341

 
6,733

 
506

 
2,063

 
1,862

 

 
22,843

Purchased credit-impaired
 
333

 
4,853

 
1,845

 
15

 
69

 

 

 

 
7,115

Total
 
$
183,291

 
$
241,113

 
$
625,019

 
$
31,577

 
$
98,469

 
$
72,634

 
$
17,219

 
$

 
$
1,269,322

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans
 
1.67
%
 
0.83
%
 
0.99
%
 
2.00
%
 
0.89
%
 
0.44
%
 
3.65
%
 
NM

 
1.12
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans
 
257
%
 
143
%
 
221
%
 
12
%
 
374
%
 
48
%
 
372
%
 
NM

 
122
%

1 Total excludes $2.9 million of PCI loans that have experienced post-acquisition declines in cash flows expected to be collected.These loans are included in the "purchased credit-impaired" amount in the next line below.

NM Not Meaningful


Page-85



Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
 
Commercial

 
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied

 
Commercial real estate, investor

 
Construction

 
Home equity

 
Other residential

 
Installment and other consumer

 
Unallocated

 
Total

As of December 31, 2012:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
$
4,334

 
$
1,305

 
$
3,710

 
$
1,505

 
$
1,444

 
$
940

 
$
1,182

 
$
219

 
$
14,639

Provision (reversal)
 
117

 
184

 
3,076

 
(643
)
 
190

 
(193
)
 
169

 

 
2,900

Charge-offs
 
(892
)
 
(181
)
 
(2,414
)
 
(373
)
 
(382
)
 
(196
)
 
(122
)
 

 
(4,560
)
Recoveries
 
541

 
5

 

 
122

 
12

 

 
2

 

 
682

Ending balance
 
$
4,100

 
$
1,313

 
$
4,372

 
$
611

 
$
1,264

 
$
551

 
$
1,231

 
$
219

 
$
13,661

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending ALLL related to loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
2,969

 
$
1,287

 
$
3,998

 
$
493

 
$
1,110

 
$
431

 
$
800

 
$
219

 
$
11,307

Ending ALLL related to loans  individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
1,090

 
$

 
$
178

 
$
118

 
$
154

 
$
120

 
$
431

 
$

 
$
2,091

Ending ALLL related to purchased  credit-impaired loans
 
$
41

 
$
26

 
$
196

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
263

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans outstanding:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
166,860

 
$
193,891

 
$
500,768

 
$
26,497

 
$
92,045

 
$
46,119

 
$
16,727

 
$

 
$
1,042,907

Individually evaluated for impairment1
 
8,931

 

 
6,844

 
4,168

 
1,192

 
3,313

 
2,048

 

 
26,496

Purchased credit-impaired
 
640

 
2,515

 
1,394

 

 

 

 

 

 
4,549

Total
 
$
176,431

 
$
196,406

 
$
509,006

 
$
30,665

 
$
93,237

 
$
49,432

 
$
18,775

 
$

 
$
1,073,952

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans
 
2.32
%
 
0.67
%
 
0.86
%
 
1.99
%
 
1.36
%
 
1.11
%
 
6.56
%
 
NM

 
1.27
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans
 
84
%
 
94
%
 
64
%
 
27
%
 
232
%
 
46
%
 
231
%
 
NM

 
77
%

1 Total excludes $3.8 million PCI loans that have experienced credit deterioration post-acquisition, which are included in the "purchased credit-impaired" amount in the next line below.

NM Not Meaningful


Page-86



Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)
 
Commercial

 
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied

 
Commercial real estate, investor

 
Construction

 
Home equity

 
Other residential

 
Installment and other consumer

 
Unallocated

 
Total

As of December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
 
$
3,114

 
$
1,037

 
$
4,134

 
$
1,694

 
$
643

 
$
738

 
$
835

 
$
197

 
$
12,392

Provision (reversal)
 
4,469

 
377

 
(424
)
 
275

 
1,342

 
202

 
787

 
22

 
7,050

Charge-offs
 
(3,306
)
 
(113
)
 

 
(473
)
 
(554
)
 

 
(456
)
 

 
(4,902
)
Recoveries
 
57

 
4

 

 
9

 
13

 

 
16

 

 
99

Ending balance
 
$
4,334

 
$
1,305

 
$
3,710

 
$
1,505

 
$
1,444

 
$
940

 
$
1,182

 
$
219

 
$
14,639

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending ALLL related to loans  collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
3,049

 
$
1,136

 
$
3,547

 
$
1,311

 
$
1,182

 
$
532

 
$
717

 
$
219

 
$
11,693

Ending ALLL related to loans  individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
957

 
$

 
$
91

 
$
194

 
$
262

 
$
408

 
$
465

 
$

 
$
2,377

Ending ALLL related to purchased credit-impaired loans
 
$
328

 
$
169

 
$
72

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
569

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans outstanding:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
169,564

 
$
171,492

 
$
444,060

 
$
48,653

 
$
96,998

 
$
58,095

 
$
20,661

 
$

 
$
1,009,523

Individually evaluated for impairment 1
 
5,110

 

 
741

 
3,304

 
1,045

 
3,407

 
2,071

 

 
15,678

Purchased credit-impaired
 
1,116

 
3,213

 
1,624

 

 

 

 

 

 
5,953

Total
 
$
175,790

 
$
174,705

 
$
446,425

 
$
51,957

 
$
98,043

 
$
61,502

 
$
22,732

 
$

 
$
1,031,154

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans
 
2.47
%
 
0.75
%
 
0.83
%
 
2.90
%
 
1.47
%
 
1.53
%
 
5.20
%
 
NM

 
1.42
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans
 
147
%
 
64
%
 
501
%
 
50
%
 
189
%
 
48
%
 
228
%
 
NM

 
122
%

1 Total excludes $4.5 million PCI loans that have experienced credit deterioration post-acquisition, which are included in the "purchased credit-impaired" amount in the next line below.

NM Not Meaningful

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans
 
We evaluated loans purchased in acquisitions in accordance with accounting guidance in ASC 310-30 related to loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. Acquired loans are considered credit-impaired if there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and it is probable, at the acquisition date, that we will be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable. Management has determined certain loans purchased in the Acquisition to be PCI loans based on credit indicators such as nonaccrual status, past due status, loan risk grade, loan-to-value ratio, etc. Revolving credit agreements (e.g. home equity lines of credit and revolving commercial loans) are not considered PCI loans as cash flows cannot be reasonably estimated.
 
For acquired loans not considered credit-impaired, the difference between the contractual amounts due (principal amount) and the fair value is accounted for subsequently through accretion. We elect to recognize discount accretion based on the acquired loan’s contractual cash flows using an effective interest rate method. The accretion is recognized through the net interest margin.
 

Page-87




The following table presents the fair value of loans acquired from Bank of Alameda for purchased credit-impaired loans and other purchased loans as of the acquisition date:
 
November 29, 2013
(dollars in thousands)
Purchased credit-impaired loans

 
Other purchased loans

 
Total

Contractually required payments including interest
$
5,706

 
$
211,769

 
$
217,475

Less: nonaccretable difference
(1,183
)
 

 
(1,183
)
Cash flows expected to be collected (undiscounted)
4,523

 
211,769

 
216,292

Accretable yield
(707
)
 
(41,826
)
1 
(42,533
)
Fair value of purchased loans
$
3,816

 
$
169,943

 
$
173,759


1 $6.6 million of the $41.8 million represents the difference between the contractual principal amounts due and the fair value. This discount is to be accreted to interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. The remaining $35.2 million is the contractual interest to be earned over the life of the loans.

The following table reflects the outstanding balance and related carrying value of PCI loans as of the acquisition date:
 
November 29, 2013
PCI Loans
(dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance

 
Fair value

Commercial
$
847

 
$
369

Commercial real estate
3,757

 
3,362

Construction
150

 
16

Home equity
239

 
69

Total purchased credit-impaired loans
$
4,993

 
$
3,816


For the PCI loans, the accretable yield initially represents the excess of the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition over the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date, and is accreted into interest income over the estimated remaining life of the purchased credit-impaired loans using the effective yield method, provided that the timing and amount of future cash flows is reasonably estimable. The accretable yield is affected by:
 
(1) Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans – Expected future cash flows are based on the variable rates in effect at the time of the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected;
 
(2) Changes in prepayment assumptions – Prepayments affect the estimated life of the loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and
 
(3) Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life – Updates to expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows from loan modifications are included in the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected.
 
When the timing and/or amounts of expected cash flows on such loans are not reasonably estimable, no interest is accreted and the loan is reported as a non-accrual loan; otherwise, if the timing and amounts of expected cash flows for purchased credit-impaired loans can be reasonably estimated, then interest is accreted and the loans are reported as accruing loans. The initial estimated cash flows expected to be collected are updated each quarter based on current assumptions regarding default rates, loss severities, and other factors that are reflective of current market conditions. Probable decreases in expected cash flows after acquisition result in the recognition of impairment as a specific allowance for loan losses or a charge-off to the allowance. The increase of specific allowance for PCI loan losses amounted to $203 thousand, $36 thousand and $569 thousand during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Probable and significant increases in expected cash flows would first reverse any related allowance for loan losses and any remaining increases would be recognized prospectively as interest income over the estimated remaining lives of the loans. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amount of reduction in the allowance for loan losses established for PCI loans due to the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected was $237 thousand, $76 thousand and

Page-88



$0, respectively. The impact of changes in variable interest rates is recognized prospectively as adjustments to interest income.

The non-accretable difference represents the difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows, and also reflects the estimated credit losses in the acquired loan portfolio at the acquisition date and can fluctuate due to changes in expected cash flows during the life of the PCI loans.
 
The following table reflects the outstanding balance and related carrying value of PCI loans related to the 2013 NorCal acquisition and the 2011 Charter Oak acquisition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
PCI Loans
(dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance

 
Carrying value

 
Unpaid principal balance

 
Carrying value

Commercial
$
1,094

 
$
333

 
$
2,163

 
$
640

Commercial real estate
9,152

 
6,698

 
6,370

 
3,909

Construction
149

 
15

 

 

Home equity
239

 
69

 

 

Total purchased credit-impaired loans
$
10,634

 
$
7,115

 
$
8,533

 
$
4,549

 
The activities in the accretable yield, or income expected to be earned, for PCI loans were as follows:
 
Accretable Yield
 
Years ended
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2013

 
December 31, 2012

 
December 31, 2011

Balance at beginning of period
 
$
3,960

 
$
5,405

 
$

Additions
 
707

 

 
1,902

   Removals 1
 
(793
)
 
(1,221
)
 
(1,019
)
Accretion
 
(725
)
 
(1,641
)
 
(1,418
)
Reclassifications (to)/from nonaccretable difference 2
 
500

 
1,417

 
5,940

Balance at end of period
 
$
3,649

 
$
3,960

 
$
5,405


1 Represents the accretable difference that is relieved when a loan exits the PCI population due to payoff, full charge-off, or transfer to repossessed assets, etc.

2 Primarily relates to improvements in expected credit performance and changes in expected timing of cash flows.

 Pledged Loans
 
Our FHLB line of credit is secured under terms of a blanket collateral agreement by a pledge of certain qualifying loans with an unpaid principal balance of $716.2 million and $567.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our FHLB line of credit totaled $416.3 million and $321.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, we pledge a certain residential loan portfolio, which totaled $24.4 million and $30.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to secure our borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). Also see Note 8 below.

Related Party Loans

The Bank has, and expects to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of its business with directors, officers, principal stockholders and their associates. These transactions, including loans, are granted on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral on loans, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with persons not related to us. Likewise, these transactions do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

Page-89




An analysis of net loans to related parties for each of the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

(in thousands)
2013

 
2012

 
2011

Balance at beginning of year
$
3,425

 
$
6,866

 
$
6,997

Additions
550

 
826

 
1,690

Advances
569

 
3

 
43

Repayments

 
(2,730
)
 
(1,864
)
Reclassified as unrelated-party loan
(795
)
 
(1,540
)
 

Balance at end of year
$
3,749

 
$
3,425

 
$
6,866


The undisbursed commitment to related parties was $657 thousand as of December 31, 2013.
 
Note 5:  Bank Premises and Equipment

A summary of Bank premises and equipment at December 31 follows:

(in thousands)
2013

2012

Leasehold improvements
$
12,684

$
12,116

Furniture and equipment
7,888

7,402

Subtotal
20,572

19,518

Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(11,462
)
(10,174
)
Bank premises and equipment, net
$
9,110

$
9,344


The amount of depreciation and amortization was $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and $1.3 million for the year ended 2011.

We contracted with a construction company managed and owned by a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank and Bancorp for the construction of leasehold improvements to our corporate office. During 2013 and 2012, we paid $70 thousand and $29 thousand, respectively, for these improvements.

Note 6:  Bank Owned Life Insurance

We have purchased life insurance policies on the lives of certain officers designated by the Board of Directors to finance employee benefit programs as of December 31, 2013. Death benefits provided under the specific terms of these programs are estimated to be $63.3 million at December 31, 2013 and the benefits to employees' beneficiaries are limited to the employee's active service period. The investment in the Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies are reported in interest receivable and other assets at their cash surrender value of $27.8 million and $22.7 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The cash surrender value includes both the original premiums we paid in the life insurance policies and the accumulated accretion of policy income since inception of the policies. Income of $954 thousand, $762 thousand and $752 thousand was recognized on the life insurance policies in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and is reported in non-interest income. The increase in BOLI income in 2013 relates to a $228 thousand benefit realized on the death of an insured employee in 2013. We regularly monitor the credit ratings of our insurance carriers to ensure that they are in compliance with our policy.


Page-90



Note 7:  Deposits

Total time deposits were $161.9 million and $156.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of these amounts, $111.7 million and $114.7 million represented time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Interest on time deposits was $0.9 million, $1.2 million and $1.6 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Scheduled maturities of these deposits at December 31, 2013 are presented as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter
Total
 Scheduled maturities of time deposits
$100,350
$16,474
$22,457
$13,304
$9,283
$—
$161,868

We offer the CDARS® deposit product, short for Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service. Through CDARS®, we may accept deposits in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured maximum from a depositor and place the deposits through a network to other member banks in increments of less than the FDIC insured maximum to provide the depositor full FDIC insurance coverage. The Bank acts as the point of contact for the client and provides a monthly summary of where the deposits are placed.

As of December 31, 2013, $45.7 million in securities held-to-maturity and $15.6 million securities available-for-sale were pledged as collateral for our local agency deposits.

The aggregate amount of deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances was $207 thousand and $276 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Collectability of these overdrafts is subject to the same credit review process as other loans.

The Bank accepts deposits from shareholders, directors and employees in the normal course of business, and the terms are comparable to those with non-affiliated parties. The total deposits from directors and their businesses, and executive officers were $8.1 million at December 31, 2013 and $7.3 million at December 31, 2012.

Note 8: Borrowings
 
Federal Funds Purchased – We had unsecured lines of credit totaling $87.0 million with correspondent banks for overnight borrowings at both December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  In general, interest rates on these lines approximate the Federal funds target rate. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had no overnight borrowings outstanding under these credit facilities.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings – As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had lines of credit with the FHLB totaling $416.3 million and $321.3 million, respectively, based on eligible collateral of certain loans.  At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had no FHLB overnight borrowings.
 
On February 5, 2008, we entered into a ten-year borrowing agreement under the same FHLB line of credit for $15.0 million at a fixed rate of 2.07%, which remained outstanding at December 31, 2013. Interest-only payments are required every three months until the entire principal is due on February 5, 2018. The FHLB has the unconditional right to accelerate the due date on May 5, 2014 and every three months thereafter (the “put dates”). If the FHLB exercises its right to accelerate the due date, the FHLB will offer replacement funding at the current market rate, subject to certain conditions. We must comply with the put date, but are not required to accept replacement funding.

At December 31, 2013, $401.3 million was remaining as available for borrowing from the FHLB. The FHLB overnight borrowing and the FHLB line of credit are secured by a certain loan portfolio under a blanket lien.
 
Federal Reserve Line of Credit – We have a line of credit with the FRB secured by a certain residential loan portfolio.  At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had borrowing capacity under this line totaling $24.4 million and $30.1 million, respectively, and had no outstanding borrowings with the FRB.

Subordinated Debt – On September 17, 2004, we issued a 15-year, $5.0 million subordinated debenture. Interest-only payments were to be paid quarterly until maturity on September 17, 2019.  The interest rate on the debenture changed quarterly at the 3-month LIBOR plus 2.48%. The debenture was subordinated to the claims of depositors and our other creditors. We had the right to repay the debenture, in whole or in part, on any interest payment date. We

Page-91



paid off the subordinated debenture entirely on September 17, 2012 without prepayment penalty and accelerated the unamortized debt issuance cost of $42 thousand in the third quarter of 2012.

As part of the Acquisition, we assumed two subordinated debentures due to the NorCal Community Bancorp grantor trusts at fair values totaling $4.95 million at acquisition date and contractual values totaling $8.2 million. The difference between the contractual balance and the fair value at acquisition date is accreted into interest expense over the lives of the debentures. The Trusts have the option to defer payment of the distributions for a period of up to five years, as long as there is no default on the subordinated debentures. In the event of interest deferral, dividends to common stock holders are limited. The trust preferred securities were sold and issued in private transactions pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Bancorp has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, distributions and other payments due on trust preferred securities totaling $8.0 million issued by the grantor trusts which have identical maturity, repricing and payment terms as the subordinated debentures.

The following is a summary of the contractual terms of the subordinated debentures due to NorCal Community Bancorp grantor trusts as of December 31, 2013:

Subordinated debentures due to NorCal Community Bancorp Trust I on October 7, 2033 with interest payable quarterly, based on 3-month LIBOR plus 3.05%, repricing quarterly (3.29% as of December 31, 2013), redeemable, in whole or in part, on any interest payment date.
 
$
4,124

Subordinated debentures due to NorCal Community Bancorp Trust II on March 15, 2036 with interest payable quarterly, based on 3-month LIBOR plus 1.40%, repricing quarterly (1.64% as of December 31, 2013), redeemable, in whole or in part, on any interest payment date.
 
$
4,124

 
 
 
   Total
 
$
8,248

 
Borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows:
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Carrying Value

Average Balance

Average Rate

 
Carrying Value

Average Balance

Average Rate

 
FHLB borrowings
$
15,000

$
19,054

1.67
%
 
$
15,000

$
16,205

2.09
%
 
Subordinated debentures
$
4,969

$
407

8.48
%
1,000 
$

$
3,552

4.21
%
2 

1Amount includes the impact of $19 thousand of accretion on the fair value discount.

2 Amount includes the impact of the $42 thousand accelerated unamortized debt issuance cost in 2012 discussed above.

Page-92



Note 9:  Stockholders' Equity and Stock Plans
 
Preferred Stock

Under the United States Department of the Treasury Capital Purchase Program (the “TCPP”), which was intended to stabilize and inject liquidity into the financial industry, on December 5, 2008, Bancorp issued to the U.S. Treasury 28,000 shares of senior preferred stock with a zero par value and a $1,000 per share liquidation preference, along with a warrant to purchase 154,242 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price of $27.23, in exchange for aggregate consideration of $28.0 million. The proceeds of $28.0 million were allocated between the preferred stock and the warrant with $27.0 million allocated to preferred stock and $961 thousand allocated to the warrant, based on their relative fair value at the time of issuance. The warrant was immediately exercisable and expires 10 years after the issuance date.
 
Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, which allows participants in the TCPP to withdraw from the program, we repurchased all 28,000 shares of outstanding preferred stock from the U.S. Treasury at $28 million plus accrued but unpaid dividends of $179 thousand on March 31, 2009. At the time of repurchase, we also accelerated the remaining accretion of the preferred stock totaling $945 thousand through retained earnings, reducing our net income available to common stockholders. The warrant was subsequently auctioned to two institutional investors in November 2011 and remains outstanding. It is adjusted for cash dividend increases to represent a right to purchase 156,134 shares of common stock at $26.90 per share as of December 31, 2013 in accordance with Section 13(c) of the Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock.

Share-Based Awards

On May 11, 2010, our shareholders approved the 2010 Director Stock Plan to pay director fees in shares of Bancorp common stock up to 150,000 shares. In 2013 and 2012, our directors were awarded a total of 5,619 and 5,270 common shares, respectively from the 2010 Director Stock Plan in addition to their cash compensation. As of December 31, 2013, 130,071 shares were available for future grants under this plan.

On May 8, 2007, the 2007 Equity Plan was approved by the Bank shareholders. The 2007 Equity Plan was subsequently adopted by Bancorp as part of the holding company formation. All new share-based awards from the approval date forward are granted through the 2007 Equity Plan.

The 2007 Equity Plan provides financial incentives for selected employees, advisors and non-employee directors. Terms of the plan provide for the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of common stock for these employees, advisors and non-employee directors. As of December 31, 2013, there were 278,572 shares available for future grants under the 2007 Equity Plan. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has the discretion to determine which employees, advisors and non-employee directors will receive an award, the timing of awards, the vesting schedule for each award, the type of award to be granted limited to 250,000 restricted or unrestricted shares, the number of shares of Bancorp stock to be subject to each option and restricted stock award, and any other terms and conditions. In 2013 and 2012, there were no common shares awarded to directors from the 2007 Equity Plan.

Effective July 1, 2007, we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan whereby our employees may purchase Bancorp common shares through payroll deductions of between one percent and fifteen percent of pay in each pay period. Shares are purchased quarterly at a five percent discount from the closing market price on the last day of the quarter. The plan calls for 200,000 common shares to be set aside for employee purchases, and there were 194,446 shares available for future grants under the plan as of December 31, 2013.

We also had the 1999 Stock Option Plan for certain full-time employees and directors who have substantial responsibility for the successful operation of the Bank. Stock options granted pursuant to the 1999 Stock Option Plan were subsequently adopted by Bancorp as part of the holding company formation. Stock options under that plan now relate to shares of common stock of Bancorp. Upon approval of the 2007 Equity Plan, no new awards were granted under the 1999 Stock Option Plan.

Options are issued at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the stock at the date of grant. Options to officers and employees granted prior to January 1, 2006 vested 20% immediately and 20% on each anniversary of the grant date for four years. Options granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 and restricted stock awards vested 20% on each

Page-93



anniversary of the grant date for five years. All officer and employee options expire ten years from the grant date. Options granted to non-employee directors vest 20% immediately and 20% on each anniversary of the grant date for four years. Director options expire seven years from the grant date.

A summary of activity for stock options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is presented below. The intrinsic value is calculated as the number of in-the-money options times the difference between the market price of our stock as of each year end presented and the exercise prices of the in-the-money options.
 
 
 
 
 
 Average

 
 
 Weighted

 Aggregate

 Weighted

 Remaining

 
 
 Average

 Intrinsic Value

 Average

 Contractual

 
Number of

Exercise

as of year-end

 Grant-Date

  Term

 
Shares

Price

 (in thousands)
 Fair Value

 (in years)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2010
317,804

$
29.27

$
1,828

$
8.39

5.18

Granted
17,585

37.76

3

11.19


Cancelled, expired or forfeited
(670
)
29.28

6

7.07


Exercised
(34,913
)
21.22

534

7.51


Options outstanding at December 31, 2011
299,806

30.71

2,068

8.66

4.70

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable (vested) at December 31, 2011
226,989

30.64

1,579

8.81

3.82

 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2011
299,806

30.71

2,068

8.66

4.70

Granted
23,930

38.18


9.82


Cancelled, expired or forfeited
(640
)
31.51

4

8.00


Exercised
(37,563
)
27.70

400

8.19


Options outstanding at December 31, 2012
285,533

31.73

1,661

8.82

4.43

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable (vested) at December 31, 2012
217,232

31.15

1,372

8.77

3.39

 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2012
285,533

31.73

1,661

8.82

4.43

Granted
30,000

39.99

102

10.59


Cancelled, expired or forfeited
(23,840
)
35.12

151

9.31


Exercised
(71,237
)
31.13

664

8.30


Options outstanding at December 31, 2013
220,456

32.74

2,349

9.21

4.05

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable (vested) at December 31, 2013
163,301

31.09

2,008

8.92

2.56

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes non-vested share-based awards at December 31, 2013, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013.
 
Options
 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
 
 Weighted

 
 
 Weighted

 
 
 Average

 
 
 Average

 
Number of

 Grant-Date

 
Number of

 Grant-Date

 
Shares

 Fair Value

 
Shares

 Fair Value

Non-vested awards at December 31, 2012
73,876

$
8.98

 
21,610

$
34.05

  Granted
30,000

10.59

 
11,850

39.96

  Vested
(22,881
)
8.17

 
(6,941
)
31.42

  Forfeited
(23,840
)
9.31

 
(3,998
)
36.19

Non-vested awards at December 31, 2013
57,155

10.05

 
22,521

37.59



Page-94



As of December 31, 2013, there was $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options and restricted stock awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately four years. The total grant-date fair value of option shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $187 thousand, $212 thousand and $270 thousand, respectively. The total grant-date fair value of restricted stock awards vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $218 thousand, $152 thousand and $115 thousand, respectively.

A summary of the options outstanding and exercisable by price range as of December 31, 2013 is presented in the following table:
 
Stock Options Outstanding as of December 31, 2013
 
 Stock Options Exercisable as of December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remaining
Weighted

 
 
Weighted

 
Stock Options

Contractual Life
 Average

 
Stock Options

 Average

Range of Exercise Prices
Outstanding

(in years)
Exercise Price

 
Exercisable

Exercise Price

$20.01 - $25.00
15,328

5.3
$
22.25

 
10,798

$
22.25

$25.01 - $30.00
47,711

1.6
27.11

 
47,711

27.11

$30.01 - $35.00
81,724

2.4
33.04

 
77,474

33.04

$35.01 - $40.00
59,193

6.5
37.39

 
27,318

36.02

$40.01 - $45.00
16,500

9.5
40.52

 


 
220,456

4.1
32.74

 
163,301

31.09


The fair value of stock options on the grant date is recorded as a stock-based compensation expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the requisite service period with a corresponding increase in common stock. Stock-based compensation also includes compensation expense related to the issuance of unvested restricted common shares pursuant to the 2007 Equity Plan. The grant-date fair value of the restricted common shares, which equals its intrinsic value on that date, is being recorded as compensation expense over the requisite service period with a corresponding increase in common stock as the shares vest. In addition, we record excess tax benefits on the exercise of non-qualified stock options, the disqualifying disposition of incentive stock options and vesting of restricted stock as an addition to common stock with a corresponding decrease in current taxes payable. The total related income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $94 thousand, $35 thousand and $37 thousand, respectively.

We determine the fair value of stock options at the grant date using the Black-Scholes pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date, the exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate over the expected life of the option.
The weighted-average assumptions used in the pricing model are noted in the table below. The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common stock.

 
Years ended December 31,
 
2013

2012

2011

Risk-free interest rate
1.60
%
1.60
%
2.77
%
Expected dividend yield on common stock
1.80
%
1.78
%
1.69
%
Expected life in years
6.8

7.0

7.5

Expected price volatility
30.01
%
28.70
%
28.92
%

The fair value of the option is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical forfeiture experience and expense is recognized only for those shares expected to vest. The estimated forfeiture rate over the entire vesting period was 7.5% in 2013, 2012 and 2011 for stock options and was 10.0% in both 2013 and 2012 and 7.5% in 2011 for restricted stock awards.


Page-95



The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the stock-based award and stock price volatility. The assumptions listed above represent Management's best estimates based on historical information, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, the recorded share-based compensation expense could have been materially different from that reflected in these financial statements. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from the estimate, the share-based compensation expense could also be materially different.

Dividends
 
Presented below is a summary of cash dividends paid to common shareholders, recorded as a reduction of retained earnings.
 
 
Years ended December 31,
(in thousands except per share data)
 
2013

2012

2011

Cash dividends to common stockholders
 
$
3,970

$
3,751

$
3,457

Cash dividends per common share
 
0.73

0.70

0.65

 
The holders of the unvested restricted common stock awards are entitled to dividends on the same per-share ratio as the holders of common stock. Dividends paid on the portion of share-based awards not expected to vest are also included in stock-based compensation expense. Tax benefits on dividends paid on the portion of share-based awards expected to vest are recorded as an increase to common stock with a corresponding decrease in current taxes payable.

Under the California Corporations Code effective January 1, 2012, payment of dividends by Bancorp is restricted to the amount of retained earnings immediately prior to the distribution or the amount of assets that exceeds the total liabilities immediately after the distribution. As of December 31, 2013, Bancorp's retained earnings and the amount of assets that exceeds the total liabilities were $101.5 million and $180.9 million, respectively.

Under the California Financial Code, payment of dividends by the Bank to Bancorp is restricted to the lesser of retained earnings or the amount of undistributed net profits of the Bank from the three most recent fiscal years. Under this restriction, approximately $18.8 million of the Bank's retained earnings balance was available for payment of dividends to Bancorp as of December 31, 2013. Bancorp holds $8.7 million in cash at December 31, 2013. This cash, combined with the $18.8 million dividends available to be distributed (discussed above), is expected to be adequate to cover Bancorp's estimated operational needs and cash dividends to shareholders for 2014.

Shareholder Rights Plan

On July 2, 2007, Bancorp executed a shareholder rights agreement (“Rights Agreement”) designed to discourage takeovers that involve abusive tactics or do not provide fair value to shareholders. As of December 31, 2013, Bancorp was also authorized to issue five million shares of preferred stock with no par value under the Rights Agreement. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Bancorp that the Board of Directors does not approve, it might be possible for the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of shares of common or preferred stock that would impede the completion of such a transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of common or preferred stock, therefore, may be to deter a future takeover attempt. The Board of Directors has no present plans or understandings for the issuance of any common or preferred stock.

Refer to Exhibit 4.1 Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2007.


Page-96



Note 10:  Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities
 
Fair Value Hierarchy and Fair Value Measurement
 
We group our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in three levels within the fair value hierarchy, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
 
Level 1: Valuations are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not involve a significant degree of judgment.
 
Level 2: Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuations for which all significant assumptions are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
 
Level 3: Valuations are based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Values are determined using pricing models and discounted cash flow models and include management judgment and estimation which may be significant.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstances that caused the transfer, which generally coincides with the our monthly and/or quarterly valuation process.


Page-97



 
The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities that were required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.
(in thousands)  
Description of Financial Instruments
Carrying Value

 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)

 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)

 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

At December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by U.S. government-sponsored agencies
$
190,604

 
$

 
$
190,604

 
$

Debentures of government-sponsored agencies
$
21,312

 
$

 
$
21,312

 
$

Privately-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
$
10,874

 
$

 
$
10,874

 
$

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
$
15,948

 
$

 
$
15,771

 
$

Corporate bonds
$
5,426

 
$

 
$
5,437

 
$

Derivative financial assets (interest rate contracts)
$
961

 
$

 
$
961

 
$

Derivative financial liabilities (interest rate contracts)
$
2,519

 
$

 
$
2,519

 
$

At December 31, 2012:
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Securities available-for-sale:
 

 

 
 

 
 

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by U.S. government-sponsored agencies
$
111,797

 
$

 
$
111,797

 
$

Debentures of government-sponsored agencies
$
20,589

 
$

 
$
20,589

 
$

Privately-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
$
21,576

 
$

 
$
21,576

 
$

Derivative financial assets (interest rate contracts)
$
1

 
$

 
$
1

 
$

Derivative financial liabilities (interest rate contracts)
$
5,240

 
$

 
$
5,240

 
$

 
Securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. When available, quoted market prices (Level 1) are used to determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale. If quoted market prices are not available, we obtain pricing information from a reputable third-party service provider, who may utilize valuation techniques that use current market-based or independently sourced parameters, such as bid/ask prices, dealer-quoted prices, interest rates, benchmark yield curves, prepayment speeds, probability of default, loss severity and credit spreads (Level 2).   Level 2 securities include U.S. agencies’ or government sponsored agencies' debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, government agency-issued and privately-issued collateralized mortgage obligations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there are no securities that are considered Level 1 or Level 3 securities.
 
On a recurring basis, derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value, which is based on the income approach using observable Level 2 market inputs, reflecting market expectations of future interest rates as of the measurement date.  Standard valuation techniques are used to calculate the present value of the future expected cash flows assuming an orderly transaction.  Valuation adjustments may be made to reflect both our own credit risk and the counterparties’ credit quality in determining the fair value of the derivatives. Level 2 inputs for the valuations are limited to observable market prices for London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) cash rates (for the very short term), quoted prices for LIBOR futures contracts, observable market prices for LIBOR swap rates, and one-month and three-month LIBOR basis spreads at commonly quoted intervals.  Mid-market pricing of the inputs is used as a practical expedient in the fair value measurements.  Key inputs for interest rate valuations are used to project spot rates at resets specified by each swap, as well as to discount those future cash flows to present value at the measurement date.  When the value of any collateral placed with counterparties is less than the interest rate derivative liability, the interest rate liability

Page-98



position is further discounted to reflect our potential credit risk to counterparties.  We have used the spread between the Standard & Poors BBB rated U.S. Bank Composite rate and LIBOR with maturity term corresponding to the duration of the swaps to calculate this credit-risk-related discount of future cash flows.
 
Certain financial assets may be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are subject to fair value adjustments that result from the application of the lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets, such as other real estate owned ("OREO") and impaired loans.

When a loan is identified as impaired, it is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, measured based on the loan's observable market price (Level 1) or the current net realizable value of the underlying collateral securing the loan, if the loan is collateral dependent (Level 3).  Net realizable value of the underlying collateral is the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs and any prior liens. Appraisals, recent comparable sales, offers and listing prices are factored in when valuing the collateral. We review and verify the qualifications and licenses of  the certified general appraisers used for appraising commercial properties or certified residential appraisers for residential properties. Real estate appraisals may utilize a combination of approaches including replacement cost, sales comparison and the income approach. Comparable sales and income data are analyzed by the appraisers and adjusted to reflect differences between them and the subject property such as type, leasing status and physical condition. When the appraisals are received, Management reviews the assumptions and methodology utilized in the appraisal, as well as the overall resulting value in conjunction with independent data sources such as recent market data and industry-wide statistics. We generally use a 6% discount for selling costs which is applied to all properties, regardless of size. Appraised values may be adjusted to reflect changes in market conditions that have occurred subsequent to the appraisal date, or for revised estimates regarding the timing or cost of the property sale. These adjustments are based on qualitative judgments made by management on a case-by-case basis. There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the period ended December 31, 2013. OREO represents collateral acquired through foreclosure and is initially recorded at fair value as established by a current appraisal, adjusted for disposition costs. Subsequently, OREO is measured at lower of cost or fair value. OREO values are reviewed on an ongoing basis and any subsequent decline in fair value is recorded as a foreclosed asset expense in the current period. The value of OREO is determined based on independent appraisals, similar to the process used for impaired loans, discussed above, and is generally classified as Level 3. At December 31, 2013, we had $461 thousand of OREO acquired from Bank of Alameda as part of the Acquisition. There was no change in the estimated fair value of the OREO from the date of the Acquisition through December 31, 2013.

Securities held-to-maturity may be written down to fair value (determined using the same techniques discussed above for securities available-for-sale) as a result of an other-than-temporary impairment, if any.

Page-99




The following table presents the carrying value of financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and that were still held in the consolidated statements of condition at each respective period end, by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 
(in thousands)
Description of Financial Instruments
Carrying Value

 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 
Significant Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3) 1

 
At December 31, 2013:
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Impaired loans carried at fair value:


 


 


 


 
Construction
$
3,037

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,037

 
Installment and other consumer
35

 

 

 
35

 
Total
$
3,072

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,072

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2012:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Impaired loans carried at fair value:


 


 


 


 
Commercial and industrial
$
51

 
$

 
$

 
$
51

 
Commercial real estate, investor
2,941

 

 

 
2,941

 
Construction
1,722

 

 

 
1,722

 
Home equity
107

 

 

 
107

 
Other residential
594

 

 

 
594

 
Installment and other consumer
159

 

 

 
159

 
Total
$
5,574

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,574

 

1 Represents collateral-dependent loan principal balances that had been generally written down to the values of the underlying collateral, net of specific valuation allowance of $363 thousand and $729 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The carrying value of loans fully charged-off, which includes unsecured lines of credit, overdrafts and all other loans, is zero.

Page-100




 Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, excluding financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis (summarized in the first table in this note). The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the consolidated statements of condition under the indicated captions. We have excluded non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities defined by the Codification (ASC 820-10-15-1A), such as Bank premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities.  In addition, we have not disclosed the fair value of financial instruments specifically excluded from disclosure requirements of the Financial Instruments Topic of the Codification (ASC 825-10-50-8), such as Bank-owned life insurance policies.
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
Carrying Amounts

Fair Value

Fair Value Hierarchy
 
Carrying Amounts

Fair Value

Fair Value Hierarchy

Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
103,773

$
103,773

Level 1
 
$
28,349

$
28,349

Level 1

Investment securities held-to-maturity
122,495

123,858

Level 2
 
139,452

142,231

Level 2

Loans, net
1,255,098

1,245,475

Level 3
 
1,060,291

1,111,355

Level 3

Interest receivable
5,767

5,767

Level 2
 
5,073

5,073

Level 2

Financial liabilities
 

 

 
 
 

 

 
Deposits
1,587,102

1,588,278

Level 2
 
1,253,289

1,254,713

Level 2

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing
15,000

15,665

Level 2
 
15,000

15,989

Level 2

Subordinated debentures
4,969

4,950

Level 3
 



Interest payable
253

253

Level 2
 
225

225

Level 2


Following is a description of methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument not recorded at fair value but required for disclosure purposes:
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents - The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments.
 
Held-to-maturity Securities - Held-to-maturity securities, which generally consist of obligations of state and political subdivisions and corporate bonds, are recorded at their amortized cost. Their fair value for disclosure purposes is determined using methodologies similar to those described above for available-for-sale securities using Level 2 inputs. If Level 2 inputs are not available, we may utilize pricing models that incorporate unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities (Level 3).  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we did not hold any securities whose fair value was measured using significant unobservable inputs.
 
Loans - The fair value of loans with variable interest rates approximates their current carrying value, because their rates are regularly adjusted to current market rates. The fair value of fixed rate loans or variable loans at negotiated interest rate floors or ceilings with remaining maturities in excess of one year is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current market rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit worthiness and similar remaining maturities. The allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) is considered to be a reasonable estimate of loan discount due to credit risks.
 
Interest Receivable and Payable - The interest receivable and payable balances approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of their settlement dates.

Deposits - The fair value of deposits without stated maturity, such as transaction accounts, savings accounts and money market accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 

Page-101



Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowing - The fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current rates offered by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco ("FHLB") for similar credit advances corresponding to the remaining duration of our fixed-rate borrowing.
 
Subordinated Debentures - As part of the Acquisition, we assumed two subordinated debentures from NorCal. See Note 8 for further information. The fair values of the subordinated debentures were estimated by discounting the future cash flows (interest payment at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.05% and 1.40%, respectively) to their present values using current market rates at which similar bonds would be issued with similar credit ratings as ours and similar remaining maturities. Each payment was discounted at a spot rate of the corresponding term, determined based on the yields and terms of comparable trust preferred securities, plus an illiquidity premium of 3.00%. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law and limits the ability of certain bank holding companies to treat trust preferred security debt issuances as Tier 1 capital. This law effectively closed the trust-preferred securities markets for new issuance and led to the absence of observable or comparable transactions in the market place. Due to the unobservable inputs of trust preferred securities, we consider the fair value to be a Level 3 measurement.

Commitments - Loan commitments and standby letters of credit generate ongoing fees, which are recognized over the term of the commitment period. In situations where the borrower's credit quality has declined, we record a reserve for these off-balance sheet commitments. Given the uncertainty in the likelihood and timing of a commitment being drawn upon, a reasonable estimate of the fair value of these commitments is the carrying value of the related unamortized loan fees plus the reserve, which is not material.
 
Note 11: Benefit Plans

In 2003, we established a Deferred Compensation Plan that allows certain key management personnel designated by the Board of Directors of the Bank to defer up to 80% of their salary and 100% of their annual bonus. The Plan was amended in 2007 in order to comply with the most recent Internal Revenue Code Section 409A changes. Under the amended plan, amounts deferred earn interest that is equal to the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, on the first business day of the year, which remained unchanged at 3.25% for the past five years. Our deferred compensation obligation totaled $2.8 million and $2.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, is included in interest payable and other liabilities.

Our 401(k) Defined Contribution Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) commenced in May 1990 and is available to all regular employees at least eighteen years of age who complete ninety days of service, and enter the plan during one of the four open enrollment dates (January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1) of each year. Under this plan employees can defer between 1% and 50% of their eligible compensation, up to the maximum amount allowed by the Internal Revenue Code. The Bank matched 50% of each participant's contribution in prior years and increased the matching to 60% in 2013, up to total matching of $4 thousand annually. Employer contributions totaled $473 thousand, $432 thousand and $366 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

In 1999, the 401(k) Plan was amended to include an employee stock ownership component and was renamed the Bank of Marin Employee Stock Ownership and Savings Plan (the “Plan”). Under the terms of the Plan, as amended, the Board of Directors determines a specific portion of the Bank's profits to be contributed to the ESOP each year either in common stock or in cash for the purchase of Bancorp stock to be allocated to all eligible employees based on a set percentage of their salaries, regardless of whether an employee is participating in the 401(k) plan or not. The Bank contributed cash in the amount of $886 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $1.1 million in both 2012 and 2011 to the ESOP, which purchased Bancorp stock from the open market or private parties who are diversifying their portfolio or taking distributions. Contributions to the Plan for both the 401(k) employer matching contribution and for the ESOP are included in salaries and benefits expenses and vested at a rate of 20% per year over a five-year period. As of December 31, 2013, cash dividends on Bancorp's stock held by the Plan are used to purchase additional shares in the open market. All shares of the Bancorp's stock held by the Plan are included in the calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share.

In January 2010, the Plan was bifurcated into a separate 401(k) Plan and a separate ESOP Plan. The same eligibility criteria and employer contribution allocation apply under the ESOP Plan, while employees' contributions are not permitted. For participants who join the ESOP on or after January 1, 2010, employer contributions vest 0% in year one, 20% in years two through four and 40% in year five.


Page-102



On January 1, 2011, we established a Salary Continuation Plan to a select group of Executive management, who will receive twenty-five percent of their salary continuation benefit payments upon retirement.  Each participant will need to participate in this plan for five years before vesting begins. After five years, the participant will vest ratably in the benefit over the remaining period until age 65. This Plan is unfunded and nonqualified for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Our liability under the Salary Continuation Plan was $493 thousand and $326 thousand recorded in interest payable and other liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Note 12: Income Taxes

The current and deferred components of the income tax provision for each of the three years ended December 31 are as follows:

(in thousands)
2013

2012

2011

Current tax provision
 
 
 
Federal
$
6,717

$
7,994

$
7,045

State
2,574

2,875

2,635

Total current
9,291

10,869

9,680

Deferred tax (benefit) provision
 
 
 
Federal
(873
)
(4
)
(205
)
State
(479
)
26

(284
)
Total deferred
(1,352
)
22

(489
)
Total income tax provision
$
7,939

$
10,891

$
9,191


Income taxes related to changes in the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are recorded directly to other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity and are not included above. These deferred income tax (benefits) expenses amounted to $(2.0) million, $330 thousand, and $37 thousand in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.


Page-103



The following table shows the tax effect of our cumulative temporary differences as of December 31:

(in thousands)
2013

2012

Deferred tax assets:
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards from the NorCal acquisition
$
5,096

$

Allowance for loan losses and off-balance sheet credit commitments
4,671

5,955

Fair value adjustment on loans acquired from the NorCal acquisition
3,182


Deferred compensation plan and salary continuation plan
1,376

1,271

Accrued but unpaid expenses
1,177

957

Net unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale
830


State franchise tax
737

1,000

Deferred rent and other lease incentives
591

571

Accretion on loans and investment securities
520


Other real estate owned
448


Stock-based compensation
225

259

Core deposit intangible asset

266

Other
264


   Total gross deferred tax assets
19,117

10,279

 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
Deferred loan origination costs and fees
(2,024
)
(1,052
)
Core deposit intangible asset
(1,647
)

Unaccreted discount on subordinated debentures from acquisition
(1,379
)

Depreciation and disposals on premises and equipment
(159
)
(637
)
Net unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

(1,488
)
Accretion on loans and investment securities

(449
)
   Total gross deferred tax liabilities
(5,209
)
(3,626
)
 
 
 
Net deferred tax assets
$
13,908

$
6,653


As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and California net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") from the NorCal acquisition of approximately $9.9 million and $23.7 million, respectively. If not fully utilized, the federal NOLs will begin to expire in 2030, and the California NOLs will begin to expire in 2028. The NorCal acquisition resulted in limitations on the annual utilization of these NOLs under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Although we expect to fully utilize all of the federal NOLs prior to their expiration, $788 thousand of California NOLs are expected to expire in 2031 and be unutilized. As a result, we wrote down $56 thousand of deferred tax asset associated with these California NOLs as part of purchase accounting adjustment in 2013. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods during which the deferred tax assets are expected to be deductible, Management believes it is more likely than not we will realize the benefit of the remaining deferred tax assets. Accordingly, no other valuation allowance has been established as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.

The effective tax rate for 2013, 2012 and 2011 differs from the current Federal statutory income tax rate as follows:

Page-104



 
2013

2012

2011

Federal statutory income tax rate
35.0
 %
35.0
 %
35.0
 %
Increase (decrease) due to:
 
 
 
California franchise tax, net of federal tax benefit
6.5
 %
6.5
 %
6.2
 %
Tax exempt interest on municipal securities and loans
(4.0
)%
(2.9
)%
(2.8
)%
Tax exempt earnings on bank owned life insurance
(1.5
)%
(0.9
)%
(1.1
)%
Low income housing tax credits
(0.3
)%
 %
 %
Other
 %
0.2
 %
(0.2
)%
Effective Tax Rate
35.7
 %
37.9
 %
37.1
 %

Bancorp and the Bank have entered into a tax allocation agreement which provides that income taxes shall be allocated between the parties on a separate entity basis. The intent of this agreement is that each member of the consolidated group will incur no greater tax liability than it would have incurred on a stand-alone basis.

We file a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined return in the State of California tax jurisdiction. We are no longer subject to tax examinations by taxing authorities for years beginning before 2010 for U.S. Federal or before 2009 for California. There were no ongoing federal income tax examinations at the issuance of this report.

The State of California is currently examining 2011 and 2012 corporate income tax returns. At the time of issuance of this report, no adjustments have been proposed by the California Franchise Tax Board in connection with the examination. Although timing of the resolution or closure of the examination is uncertain, we do not anticipate a need to provide for a reserve for uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, neither the Bank nor Bancorp had an accrual for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

Note 13:  Commitments and Contingencies

We rent certain premises and equipment under long-term, non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through the year 2024. Most of the leases contain certain renewal options and escalation clauses. At December 31, 2013, the approximate minimum future commitments payable under non-cancelable contracts for leased premises are as follows:
(in thousands)
2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

Total

Operating leases
$
3,524

$
3,575

$
3,654

$
3,681

$
3,708

$
10,078

$
28,220


Rent expense included in occupancy expense totaled $3.3 million in 2013 and 2012, and $3.1 million in 2011.

We may be party to legal actions which arise from time to time as part of the normal course of our business.  We believe, after consultation with legal counsel, that we have meritorious defenses in these actions, and that litigation contingent liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

We are responsible for our proportionate share of certain litigation indemnifications provided to Visa U.S.A. ("Visa") by its member banks in connection with lawsuits related to anti-trust charges and interchange fees. On December 13, 2013, the district court issued a memorandum and order approving Visa's definitive class settlement agreement in the interchange multidistrict litigation ("Settlement Agreement") with the class plaintiffs. On January 14, 2014, the court entered the final judgment order approving the settlement. A number of objectors to the settlement have appealed from that order. Until the appeals are finally adjudicated, no assurance can be provided that Visa will be able to resolve the class plaintiffs ' claims as contemplated by the Settlement Agreement. On January 27, 2014, Visa's portion of the takedown payments related to the opt-out merchants, which was calculated to be approximately $1.1 billion, was deposited into the litigation escrow account, and is expected to reduce our conversion rate of Visa Class B common stock that we hold. The full impact to member banks is still uncertain. However, we are not aware of significant future cash settlement payments required by us on the litigation.
 

Page-105



As permitted or required under California law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, we have certain obligations to indemnify our current and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. These indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, we have a director and officer insurance policy that mitigates our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal.

Note 14: Concentrations of Credit Risk

Concentration of credit risk is the risk associated with a lack of diversification, such as having substantial investments in a few individual issuers, thereby exposing us to greater risks resulting from adverse economic, political, regulatory, geographic, industrial or credit developments. Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investment securities and loans.
Our cash in correspondent bank accounts, at times, may exceed FDIC insured limits. We place cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions, periodically monitor their credit worthiness and limit the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to investment securities are limited to the U.S. Government, its agencies and Government Sponsored Enterprises. Our exposure, which primarily results from positions in securities available-for-sale issued and sponsored by the U.S. Government, and its agencies, was $211.9 million, or 58% of our total investment portfolio at December 31, 2013 and $132.3 million, or 45% at December 31, 2012. The second largest concentration was obligations of state and political subdivisions in California which consist of $52.6 million, or 14% of our total investment portfolio at December 31, 2013 and $51.0 million, or 17% at December 31, 2012.
We also manage our credit exposure related to our loan portfolio to avoid the risk of undue concentration of credits in a particular industry by reducing significant exposure to highly leveraged transactions or to any individual customer or counterparty, and by obtaining collateral as appropriate. No individual borrower accounts for more than 5% of loans held in the portfolio. The largest loan concentration group by industry of the borrowers is real estate, which accounts for 80% and 78% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note 15: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

We have entered into interest rate swap agreements, primarily as an asset/liability management strategy, in order to mitigate the changes in the fair value of specified long-term fixed-rate loans (or firm commitments to enter into long-term fixed-rate loans) caused by changes in interest rates. These hedges allow us to offer long-term fixed rate loans to customers without assuming the interest rate risk of a long-term asset. Converting our fixed-rate interest payments to floating-rate interest payments, generally benchmarked to the one-month U.S. dollar LIBOR index, protects us against changes in the fair value of our loans associated with fluctuating interest rates.

The fixed-rate payment features of the interest rate swap agreements are generally structured at inception to mirror substantially all of the provisions of the hedged loan agreements. These interest rate swaps, designated and qualified as fair value hedges, are carried on the consolidated statements of condition at their fair value in other assets (when the fair value is positive) or in other liabilities (when the fair value is negative). One of our interest rate swap agreements qualifies for shortcut hedge accounting treatment. The change in fair value of the swap using the shortcut accounting treatment is recorded in other non-interest income, while the change in fair value of swaps using non-shortcut accounting is recorded in interest income. The unrealized gain or loss in fair value of the hedged fixed-rate loan due to LIBOR interest rate movements is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged loan and offset in other non-interest income (for shortcut accounting treatment) or interest income (for non-shortcut accounting treatment).

From time to time, we make firm commitments to enter into long-term fixed-rate loans with borrowers backed by yield maintenance agreements and simultaneously enter into forward interest rate swap agreements with correspondent banks to mitigate the change in fair value of the yield maintenance agreement. Prior to loan funding, yield maintenance agreements with net settlement features that meet the definition of a derivative are considered as non-designated hedges and are carried on the consolidated statements of condition at their fair value in other assets (when the fair value is positive) or in other liabilities (when the fair value is negative). The offsetting changes in the fair value of the forward swap and the yield maintenance agreement are recorded in interest income. In June 2007, August 2010 and

Page-106



June 2011, three previously undesignated forward swaps were designated to offset the change in fair value of a fixed-rate loan originated in each of those periods. Subsequent to the point of the swap designations, the related yield maintenance agreements are no longer considered derivatives. Their fair value at the designation date was recorded in other assets and is amortized using the effective yield method over the life of the respective designated loans.

The net effect of the change in fair value of interest rate swaps, the amortization of the yield maintenance agreement and the change in the fair value of the hedged loans result in an insignificant amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in interest income.

Our credit exposure, if any, on interest rate swaps is limited to the favorable value (net of any collateral pledged to us) and interest payments of all swaps by each counterparty. Conversely, when an interest rate swap is in a liability position exceeding a certain threshold, we may be required to post collateral to the counterparty in an amount determined by the agreements (generally when our derivative liability position is greater than $100 thousand or $1.3 million, depending upon the counterparty). Collateral levels are monitored and adjusted on a regular basis for changes in interest rate swap values. As of December 31, 2013, five of our nine derivative instruments were in a liability position totaling $2.5 million and had collateral requirements, for which we had posted cash collateral of $2.8 million.

As of December 31, 2013, we had nine interest rate swap agreements, which are scheduled to mature in September 2018, June 2020, August 2020, June 2022, June 2031, October 2031, July 2032, August 2037 and October 2037. All of our derivatives are accounted for as fair value hedges. Our interest rate swaps are settled monthly with counterparties. Accrued interest on the swaps totaled $70 thousand and $75 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Information on our derivatives follows:

 
Asset derivatives
Liability derivatives
(in thousands;)
December 31, 2013

 
December 31, 2012

December 31, 2013

 
December 31, 2012

Fair value hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts notional amount
$
17,956

 
$
4,932

$
21,577

 
$
38,156

Interest rate contracts fair value 1
961

 
1

2,519

 
5,240


 
Year ended December 31,
(in thousands;)
2013

 
2012

 
2011

Increase (decrease) in value of designated interest rate swaps recognized in interest income
$
3,680

 
$
(188
)
 
$
(2,582
)
Payment on interest rate swaps recorded in interest income
(1,422
)
 
(1,342
)
 
(1,076
)
(Decrease) increase in value of hedged loans recognized in interest income
(3,971
)
 
311

 
2,436

(Decrease) increase in value of yield maintenance agreement recognized against interest income
(71
)
 
168

 
(14
)
Net loss on derivatives recognized against interest income 2
$
(1,784
)
 
$
(1,051
)
 
$
(1,236
)

1 See Note 4 for valuation methodology.
2 Ineffectiveness of $362 thousand, $291 thousand and $(160) thousand was recorded in interest income during the years December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Changes in value of swaps were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Our derivative transactions with counterparties are under International Swaps and Derivative Association (“ISDA”) master agreements that include “right of set-off” provisions. “Right of set-off” provisions are legally enforceable rights to offset recognized amounts and there may be an intention to settle such amounts on a net basis. We do not offset such financial instruments for financial reporting purposes.

Page-107




Information on financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated statements of condition follows:
Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands;)
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements of Condition
 
 
 
Gross Amounts
Net Amounts
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts
Offset in the
of Assets Presented
 
 
 
 
of Recognized
Statements of
in the Statements
Financial
Cash Collateral
 
 
Assets1
Condition
of Condition1
Instruments
Received
Net Amount
As of December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives by Counterparty
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Counterparty A
$
961

$

$
961

$
(825
)
$

$
136

   Counterparty B






Total
$
961

$

$
961

$
(825
)
$

$
136

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives by Counterparty
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Counterparty A
$
1

$

$
1

$
(1
)
$

$

   Counterparty B






Total
$
1

$

$
1

$
(1
)
$

$

1 Amounts exclude accrued interest totaling $10 thousand and $1 thousand at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands;)
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements of Condition
 
 
 
Gross Amounts
Net Amounts of
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Liabilities Presented
 
 
 
 
of Recognized
Statements of
in the Statements of
Financial
Cash Collateral
 
 
Liabilities2
Condition
Condition2
Instruments
Pledged
Net Amount
As of December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives by Counterparty
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Counterparty A
$
825

$

$
825

$
(825
)

$

   Counterparty B
1,694


1,694


(1,694
)

Total
$
2,519

$

$
2,519

$
(825
)
$
(1,694
)
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives by Counterparty
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Counterparty A
$
2,616

$

$
2,616

$
(1
)
$
(1,860
)
$
755

   Counterparty B
2,624


2,624


(2,624
)

Total
$
5,240

$

$
5,240

$
(1
)
$
(4,484
)
$
755


2 Amounts exclude accrued interest totaling $60 thousand and $74 thousand at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.



Page-108



Note 16: Regulatory Matters

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and the Bank’s prompt corrective action classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not directly applicable to bank holding companies such as Bancorp.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require Bancorp and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average assets.
 
Capital ratios are reviewed by Management on a regular basis to ensure that capital exceeds the prescribed regulatory minimums and is adequate to meet our anticipated future needs.  For all periods presented, the Bank’s ratios exceed the regulatory definition of “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action and Bancorp’s ratios exceed the required minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes. The total risk-based capital ratio declined year over year due to the NorCal acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2013. We expect the Bank to remain well-capitalized under the current minimum requirements for capital adequacy, as well as under the new Basel III rules.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision finalized a set of international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel III.” These guidelines were developed to address many of the weaknesses in the banking industry that contributed to the past financial crisis, including excessive leverage, inadequate and low-quality capital and insufficient liquidity buffers. In July 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller, finalized a rule to implement Basel III. The rule is subject to a phase-in period beginning January 2015, and all the changes should be implemented by January 2019. The guidelines, among other things, increase minimum capital requirements of bank holding companies, including increasing the Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio to 6%, introducing a new requirement to maintain a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, and in 2019, when fully phased in, a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. In addition, there have been several updates to the way risk-weighted assets are assessed. The three changes that will affect the Bank most significantly are: the movement of past due exposures from 100% to 150% risk weight; the movement of off-balance sheet items with an original maturity of one year or less from 0% to 20% risk weight; and the risk weighting of mortgage-backed securities using the gross-up approach instead of the ratings-based approach. As a result of their implementation, we have modeled our ratios under the finalized rules and we do not expect that we will be required to raise additional capital.
 
The Bank’s and Bancorp’s capital adequacy ratios as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are presented in the following tables.
Capital Ratios for Bancorp (in thousands)
Actual Ratio
 
Ratio for Capital Adequacy Purposes
As of December 31, 2013
Amount

 
Ratio

 
Amount

 
Ratio

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
190,738

 
13.21
%
 
≥ $
115,524

 
≥ 8.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
175,835

 
12.18
%
 
≥ $
57,762

 
≥ 4.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
$
175,835

 
10.78
%
 
≥ $
65,222

 
≥ 4.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
163,900

 
13.71
%
 
≥ $
95,655

 
≥ 8.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
149,737

 
12.52
%
 
≥ $
47,827

 
≥ 4.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
$
149,737

 
10.30
%
 
≥ $
58,169

 
≥ 4.0
%



Page-109



Capital Ratios for the Bank (in thousands)
Actual Ratio
 
Ratio for Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
Ratio to be Well Capitalized under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
As of December 31, 2013
Amount

 
Ratio

 
Amount

 
Ratio

 
Amount

 
Ratio

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
181,911

 
12.60
%
 
≥ $
115,495

 
≥ 8.0
%
 
≥ $
144,368

 
≥ 10.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
167,007

 
11.57
%
 
≥ $
57,747

 
≥ 4.0
%
 
≥ $
86,621

 
≥ 6.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
$
167,007

 
10.24
%
 
≥ $
65,215

 
≥ 4.0
%
 
≥ $
81,519

 
≥ 5.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
162,554

 
13.60
%
 
≥ $
95,652

 
≥ 8.0
%
 
≥ $
119,566

 
≥ 10.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
148,391

 
12.41
%
 
≥ $
47,826

 
≥ 4.0
%
 
≥ $
71,739

 
≥ 6.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
$
148,391

 
10.20
%
 
≥ $
58,168

 
≥ 4.0
%
 
≥ $
72,710

 
≥ 5.0
%

Note 17:  Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
We make commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
 
We are exposed to credit loss equal to the contract amount of the commitment in the event of nonperformance by the borrower. We use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments and we evaluate each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us, is based on Management's credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and real property.

The contractual amount of loan commitments and standby letters of credit not reflected on the consolidated statements of condition was $336.9 million at December 31, 2013 at rates ranging from 1.70% to 18.00%. This amount included $173.9 million under commercial lines of credit (these commitments are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards), $104.8 million under revolving home equity lines, $13.0 million under standby letters of credit, $33.4 million under undisbursed construction loans, and a remaining $11.7 million under personal and other lines of credit. We have set aside an allowance for losses in the amount of $679 thousand for these commitments as of December 31, 2013, which is recorded in interest payable and other liabilities. Approximately 39% of the commitments expire in 2014 and approximately 61% expire between 2015 and 2021.


Page-110



Note 18:  Condensed Bank of Marin Bancorp Parent Only Financial Statements

Presented below is financial information for Bank of Marin Bancorp, parent holding company only.

CONDENSED UNCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
at December 31, 2013 and 2012
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31,
(in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
   Cash and due from Bank of Marin
$
8,664

 
$
1,293

   Investment in bank subsidiary
177,028

 
150,445

   Other assets
366

 
92

     Total assets
$
186,058

 
$
151,830

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
 
 
   Subordinated debentures
$
4,969

 
$

   Accrued expenses payable
202

 
38

     Total liabilities
5,171

 
38

   Stockholders' equity
180,887

 
151,792

     Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
186,058

 
$
151,830



CONDENSED UNCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income
 
 
 
 
 
   Dividends from bank subsidiary
$
28,000

 
$
2,700

 
$

     Total income
28,000

 
2,700

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Expense
 
 
 
 
 
   Interest expense
34

 

 

   Non-interest expense
1,313

 
716

 
748

     Total expense
1,347

 
716

 
748

 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary
26,653

 
1,984

 
(748
)
   Income tax benefit
382

 
301

 
249

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary
27,035

 
2,285

 
(499
)
Earnings of bank subsidiary (less) greater than dividends received from bank subsidiary
(12,765
)
 
15,532

 
16,063

     Net income
$
14,270

 
$
17,817

 
$
15,564

 
 
 
 
 
 



Page-111



CONDENSED UNCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
14,270

 
$
17,817

 
$
15,564

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used
  in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings of bank subsidiary less (greater) than
  dividends received from bank subsidiary
12,765

 
(15,532
)
 
(16,063
)
Net change in operating assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
       Accretion of discount on subordinated debentures
19

 

 

Other assets
74

 
(71
)
 
58

Other liabilities
165

 
(6
)
 
46

Net cash used in operating activities
27,293

 
2,208

 
(395
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Capital contribution to subsidiary
(2,258
)
 
(1,070
)
 
(774
)
Cash consideration paid for acquisition, net of cash
  acquired
(15,952
)
 

 

Net cash used in investing activities
(18,210
)
 
(1,070
)
 
(774
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options exercised and stock purchases
2,258

 
1,070

 
774

Dividends paid on common stock
(3,970
)
 
(3,751
)
 
(3,457
)
Net cash provided by (used by) financing activities
(1,712
)
 
(2,681
)
 
(2,683
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
7,371

 
(1,543
)
 
(3,852
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
1,293

 
2,836

 
6,688

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
8,664

 
$
1,293

 
$
2,836

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Stock issued in payment of director fees
$
222

 
$
199

 
$
200

    Acquisition:
 
 
 
 
 
    Fair value of assets acquired
$
39,503

 
$

 
$

    Fair value of liabilities assumed
$
4,970

 
$

 
$

Stock issued to NorCal Community Bancorp shareholders
$
18,514

 
$

 
$


End of 2013 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements


Page-112



ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(A)     Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)) as of December 31, 2013. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013.

The term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Act is accumulated and communicated to our Management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures. These limitations include the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures and reasonable resource constraints. In addition, because we have designed our system of controls based on certain assumptions, which we believe are reasonable, about the likelihood of future events, our system of controls may not achieve its desired purpose under all possible future conditions. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable assurance, but not absolute assurance, of achieving their objectives.

(B)    Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our Management's report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is set forth in Item 8 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance regarding the financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting. These limitations include the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of the system and reasonable resource constraints. Because of its inherent limitations, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks discussed in Item 1A-Risk Factors in this report.

Our registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting. See (C) below.

(C)     Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting firm required to be furnished pursuant to this item is set forth in Item 8 and is incorporated herein by reference.


Page-113



(D)    Changes in Internal Controls

During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, there was no significant change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation mentioned in (B) above, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III     


ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Bancorp and the Bank have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all staff including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer. A copy of the Code of Ethical Conduct, which is also included on our website, will be provided to any person, without charge, upon written request to Corporate Secretary, Bank of Marin Bancorp, 504 Redwood Boulevard, Suite 100, Novato, CA 94947.

ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from Item 5 above, Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements and our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.


Page-114



PART IV

ITEM 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(A)     Documents Filed as Part of this Report

1.     Financial Statements

The financial statements and supplementary data listed below are filed as part of this report under Item 8, captioned Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011    
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting     
Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012    
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011    
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011    
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011    
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements    

2.     Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules have been omitted, as they are inapplicable or the required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.


(B)    Exhibits Filed

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or hereby incorporated by references to filings previously made with the SEC.

Page-115



 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
Exhibit Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
2.01
 
Modified Whole Bank Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated February 18, 2011 among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Charter Oak Bank, Napa, California, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and Bank of Marin
 
8-K
 
001-33572
 
99.2
 
February 28, 2011
 
 
2.02
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger with NorCal Community Bancorp, dated July 1, 2013
 
8-K
 
001-33572
 
2.1
 
July 5, 2013
 
 
3.01
 
Articles of Incorporation, as amended
 
10-Q
 
001-33572
 
3.01
 
November 7, 2007
 
 
3.02
 
Bylaws, as amended
 
10-Q
 
001-33572
 
3.02
 
May 9, 2011
 
 
4.01
 
Rights Agreement dated as of July 2, 2007
 
8-A12B
 
001-33572
 
4.1
 
July 2, 2007
 
 
4.02
 
Form of Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock, as amended
 
POS AM S-3
 
333-156782
 
4.4
 
December 20, 2011
 
 
10.01
 
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
S-8
 
333-144810
 
4.1
 
July 24, 2007
 
 
10.02
 
1989 Stock Option Plan
 
S-8
 
333-144807
 
4.1
 
July 24, 2007
 
 
10.03
 
1999 Stock Option Plan
 
S-8
 
333-144808
 
4.1
 
July 24, 2007
 
 
10.04
 
2007 Equity Plan
 
S-8
 
333-144809
 
4.1
 
July 24, 2007
 
 
10.05
 
2010 Director Stock Plan
 
S-8
 
333-167639
 
4.1
 
June 21, 2010
 
 
10.06
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers dated August 9, 2007
 
10-Q
 
001-33572
 
10.06
 
November 7, 2007
 
 
10.07
 
Form of Employment Agreement dated January 23, 2009
 
8-K
 
001-33572
 
10.1
 
January 26, 2009
 
 
10.08
 
2010 Director Stock Plan
 
S-8
 
333-167639
 
4.1
 
June 21, 2010
 
 
10.09
 
2010 Annual Individual Incentive Compensation Plan
 
8-K
 
001-33572
 
99.1
 
October 21, 2010
 
 
10.10
 
Salary Continuation Agreement with four executive officers, Russell Colombo, Chief Executive Officer, Christina Cook, Chief Financial Officer, Kevin Coonan, Chief Credit Officer, and Peter Pelham, Director of Retail Banking, dated January 1, 2011
 
8-K
 
001-33572
 
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
 
January 6, 2011
 
 
10.11
 
2007 Form of Change in Control Agreement
 
8-K
 
001-33572
 
10.1
 
October 31, 2007
 
 
10.12
 
Information Technology Services Agreement with Fidelity Information Services, LLC, dated July 11, 2012
 
8-K
 
001-33572
 
10.1
 
July 17, 2012
 
 
11.01
 
Earnings Per Share Computation - included in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
14.01
 
Code of Ethical Conduct
 
8-K
 
001-33572
 
14.01
 
January 26, 2008
 
 
23.01
 
Consent of Moss Adam LLP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
31.01
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
31.02
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
32.01
 
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
101.01*
 
XBRL Interactive Data File
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Furnished

*
As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Page-116



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
 
Bank of Marin Bancorp (registrant)
 
 
 
 
 
March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Russell A. Colombo
 
Date
 
Russell A. Colombo
 
 
 
President &
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
March 14, 2014
 
 /s/ Tani Girton
 
Date
 
Tani Girton
 
 
 
Executive Vice President &
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Cecilia Situ
 
Date
 
Cecilia Situ
 
 
 
First Vice President &
 
 
 
Manager of Finance & Treasury
 
 
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)


Page-117



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
 /s/ Tani Girton
 
 
 
Tani Girton
 
 
 
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Cecilia Situ
 
 
 
Cecilia Situ
 
 
 
First Vice President & Manager of Finance & Treasury
 
 
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 
 
 
Members of Bank of Marin Bancorp's Board of Directors
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Stuart D. Lum
 
 
 
Stuart D. Lum
 
 
 
Chairman of the Board
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Russell A. Colombo
 
 
 
Russell A. Colombo
 
 
 
President & Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ James C. Hale
 
 
 
James C. Hale
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Robert Heller
 
 
 
Robert Heller
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Norma J. Howard
 
 
 
Norma J. Howard
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Kevin Kennedy
 
 
 
Kevin Kennedy
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ William H. McDevitt, Jr.
 
 
 
William H. McDevitt, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Michaela Rodeno
 
 
 
Michaela Rodeno
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Joel Sklar
 
 
 
Joel Sklar, M.D.
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Brian M. Sobel
 
 
 
Brian M. Sobel
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ J. Dietrich Stroeh
 
 
 
J. Dietrich Stroeh
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: March 14, 2014
 
/s/ Jan I. Yanehiro
 
 
 
Jan I. Yanehiro
 
 
 
 

Page-118



EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
Location
 
 
 
 
 
23.01
 
Consent of Moss Adams LLP.
 
Filed herewith.
 
 
 
 
 
31.01
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
Filed herewith.
 
 
 
 
 
31.02
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
Filed herewith.
 
 
 
 
 
32.01
 
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
Furnished herewith.


Page-119